1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 46 #include <algorithm> 47 #include <cstring> 48 #include <functional> 49 using namespace clang; 50 using namespace sema; 51 52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 53 if (OwnedType) { 54 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 56 } 57 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 59 } 60 61 namespace { 62 63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 64 public: 65 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 66 bool AllowTemplates=false) 67 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 68 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 69 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 70 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 71 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 72 } 73 74 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 75 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 76 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 77 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 78 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 79 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 80 } 81 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 82 } 83 84 private: 85 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 86 bool WantClassName; 87 bool AllowClassTemplates; 88 }; 89 90 } 91 92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 94 switch (Kind) { 95 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 96 // token kind is a valid type specifier 97 case tok::kw_short: 98 case tok::kw_long: 99 case tok::kw___int64: 100 case tok::kw___int128: 101 case tok::kw_signed: 102 case tok::kw_unsigned: 103 case tok::kw_void: 104 case tok::kw_char: 105 case tok::kw_int: 106 case tok::kw_half: 107 case tok::kw_float: 108 case tok::kw_double: 109 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 110 case tok::kw_bool: 111 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 112 return true; 113 114 case tok::annot_typename: 115 case tok::kw_char16_t: 116 case tok::kw_char32_t: 117 case tok::kw_typeof: 118 case tok::annot_decltype: 119 case tok::kw_decltype: 120 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 121 122 default: 123 break; 124 } 125 126 return false; 127 } 128 129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 130 /// return the declaration of that type. 131 /// 132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 138 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 139 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 140 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 141 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 142 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 143 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 144 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 145 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 146 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 147 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 148 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 149 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 150 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 151 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 152 153 if (!LookupCtx) { 154 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 155 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 156 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 157 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 158 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 159 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 160 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 161 // 162 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 163 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 164 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 165 return ParsedType(); 166 167 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 168 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 169 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 170 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 171 172 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 173 QualType T = 174 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 175 II, NameLoc); 176 177 return ParsedType::make(T); 178 } 179 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 184 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 185 return ParsedType(); 186 } 187 188 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 189 // lookup for class-names. 190 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 191 LookupOrdinaryName; 192 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 193 if (LookupCtx) { 194 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 195 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 196 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 197 // nested-name-specifier. 198 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 199 200 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 201 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 202 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 203 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 204 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 205 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 206 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 } else { 210 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 211 LookupName(Result, S); 212 } 213 214 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 215 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 216 case LookupResult::NotFound: 217 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 218 if (CorrectedII) { 219 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 220 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 221 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 222 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 223 TemplateTy Template; 224 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 225 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 226 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 228 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 229 if (SS && NNS) { 230 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 231 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 232 } 233 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 234 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 235 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 236 // is handled elsewhere). 237 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 238 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 239 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 240 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 241 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 242 IsCtorOrDtorName, 243 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 244 if (Ty) { 245 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 246 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 247 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 248 if (SS && NNS) 249 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 250 *CorrectedII = NewII; 251 return Ty; 252 } 253 } 254 } 255 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 256 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 257 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 258 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 259 return ParsedType(); 260 261 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 262 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 263 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 264 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 265 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 266 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 267 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 268 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 269 return ParsedType(); 270 } 271 272 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 273 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 274 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 275 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 276 if (!IIDecl || 277 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 278 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 279 IIDecl = *Res; 280 } 281 } 282 283 if (!IIDecl) { 284 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 285 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 286 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 287 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 288 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 289 // a type name. 290 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 return ParsedType(); 292 } 293 294 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 295 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 296 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 297 // perform the name lookup again. 298 break; 299 300 case LookupResult::Found: 301 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 302 break; 303 } 304 305 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 306 307 QualType T; 308 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 309 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 310 311 if (T.isNull()) 312 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 313 314 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 315 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 316 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 317 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 318 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 319 // Construct a type with type-source information. 320 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 321 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 322 323 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 324 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 325 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 326 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 327 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 328 } else { 329 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 330 } 331 } 332 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 333 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 334 if (!HasTrailingDot) 335 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 336 } 337 338 if (T.isNull()) { 339 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 340 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 341 return ParsedType(); 342 } 343 return ParsedType::make(T); 344 } 345 346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 352 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 353 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 354 LookupName(R, S, false); 355 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 356 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 357 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 358 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 359 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 360 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 361 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 362 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 363 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 364 } 365 } 366 367 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 368 } 369 370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 374 /// @code 375 /// template<class T> class A { 376 /// public: 377 /// typedef int TYPE; 378 /// }; 379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 380 /// public: 381 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 382 /// }; 383 /// @endcode 384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 385 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 386 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 387 388 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 389 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 390 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 391 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 392 return true; 393 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 394 } 395 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 396 } 397 398 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 399 SourceLocation IILoc, 400 Scope *S, 401 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 402 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 403 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 404 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 405 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 406 407 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 408 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 409 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 410 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 411 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 412 Validator)) { 413 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 414 // We corrected to a keyword. 415 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 416 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 417 } else { 418 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 419 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 420 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 421 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 422 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 423 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 424 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 425 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 426 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 427 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 428 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 429 } else { 430 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 431 } 432 433 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 434 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 435 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 436 SourceRange(IILoc)); 437 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 438 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 439 false, ParsedType(), 440 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 441 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 442 } 443 return true; 444 } 445 446 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 447 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 448 UnqualifiedId Name; 449 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 450 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 451 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 452 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 453 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 454 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 455 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 456 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 457 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 458 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 459 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 460 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 461 } 462 return true; 463 } 464 } 465 466 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 467 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 468 469 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 470 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 471 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 472 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 473 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 474 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 475 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 476 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 477 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 478 479 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 480 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 481 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 482 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 483 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 484 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 485 } else { 486 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 487 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 488 } 489 490 return true; 491 } 492 493 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 494 /// or 495 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 496 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 497 NextToken.is(tok::less); 498 499 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 500 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 501 return true; 502 503 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 504 return true; 505 } 506 507 return false; 508 } 509 510 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 511 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 512 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 513 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 514 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 515 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 516 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 517 const char *TagName = 0; 518 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 519 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 520 case TTK_Class: 521 TagName = "class"; 522 FixItTagName = "class "; 523 break; 524 525 case TTK_Enum: 526 TagName = "enum"; 527 FixItTagName = "enum "; 528 break; 529 530 case TTK_Struct: 531 TagName = "struct"; 532 FixItTagName = "struct "; 533 break; 534 535 case TTK_Interface: 536 TagName = "__interface"; 537 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 538 break; 539 540 case TTK_Union: 541 TagName = "union"; 542 FixItTagName = "union "; 543 break; 544 } 545 546 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 547 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 548 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 549 550 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 551 I != IEnd; ++I) 552 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 553 << Name << TagName; 554 555 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 556 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 557 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 558 return true; 559 } 560 561 return false; 562 } 563 564 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 565 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 566 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 567 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 568 569 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 570 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 571 572 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 573 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 574 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 575 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 576 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 577 } 578 579 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 580 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 581 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 582 SourceLocation NameLoc, 583 const Token &NextToken, 584 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 585 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 586 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 587 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 588 589 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 590 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 591 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 592 593 } 594 595 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 596 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 597 598 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 599 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 600 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 601 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 602 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 603 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 604 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 605 return E; 606 } 607 608 bool SecondTry = false; 609 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 610 611 Corrected: 612 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 613 case LookupResult::NotFound: 614 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 615 // call. 616 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 617 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 618 // FIXME: Reference? 619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 620 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 621 622 // C90 6.3.2.2: 623 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 624 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 625 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 626 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 627 // the function call, the declaration 628 // 629 // extern int identifier (); 630 // 631 // appeared. 632 // 633 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 634 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 635 Result.addDecl(D); 636 Result.resolveKind(); 637 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 638 } 639 } 640 641 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 642 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 643 // "struct", or "union". 644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 645 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 646 break; 647 } 648 649 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 650 // close to this name. 651 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 652 SecondTry = true; 653 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 654 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 655 &SS, *CCC)) { 656 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 657 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 658 659 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 660 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 661 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 663 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 664 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 665 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 666 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 667 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 668 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 669 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 670 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 671 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 672 } 673 674 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 675 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 676 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 677 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 678 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 679 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 680 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 681 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 682 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 683 } 684 685 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 686 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 687 688 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 689 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 690 return Name; 691 692 // Also update the LookupResult... 693 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 694 Result.clear(); 695 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 696 if (FirstDecl) 697 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 698 699 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 700 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 701 // reference the ivar. 702 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 703 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 704 Result.clear(); 705 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 706 return E; 707 } 708 709 goto Corrected; 710 } 711 } 712 713 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 714 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 715 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 716 717 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 718 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 719 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 720 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 721 722 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 723 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 724 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 725 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 726 // qualified by the keyword typename. 727 // 728 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 729 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 730 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 731 // keyword here. 732 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 733 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 734 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 735 } 736 737 case LookupResult::Found: 738 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 739 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 740 break; 741 742 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 743 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 744 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 745 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 746 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 747 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 748 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 749 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 750 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 751 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 752 // ambiguous. 753 // 754 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 755 // so try again after filtering out template names. 756 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 757 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 758 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 759 break; 760 } 761 } 762 763 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 764 return NameClassification::Error(); 765 } 766 767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 768 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 769 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 770 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 771 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 772 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 773 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 774 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 775 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 776 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 777 778 if (!Result.empty()) { 779 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 780 bool IsVarTemplate; 781 TemplateName Template; 782 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 783 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 784 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 785 Result.end()); 786 } else { 787 TemplateDecl *TD 788 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 789 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 790 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 791 792 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 793 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 794 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 795 TD); 796 else 797 Template = TemplateName(TD); 798 } 799 800 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 801 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 802 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 803 // to based on which function we selected. 804 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 805 806 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 807 } 808 809 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 810 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 811 } 812 } 813 814 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 815 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 816 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 817 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 818 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 819 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 820 return ParsedType::make(T); 821 } 822 823 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 824 if (!Class) { 825 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 826 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 827 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 828 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 829 } 830 831 if (Class) { 832 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 833 834 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 835 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 836 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 837 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 838 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 839 } 840 841 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 842 return ParsedType::make(T); 843 } 844 845 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 846 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 847 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 848 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 849 850 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 851 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 852 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 853 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 854 (NextIsOp && 855 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 856 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 857 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 858 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 859 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 860 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 861 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 862 return ParsedType::make(T); 863 } 864 865 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 866 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 867 868 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 869 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 870 } 871 872 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 873 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 874 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 875 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 876 877 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 878 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 879 // the context we'll need to return to. 880 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 881 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 882 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 883 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 884 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 885 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 886 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 887 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 888 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 889 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 890 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 891 892 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 893 // lexical context. 894 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 895 return DC; 896 897 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 898 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 899 // class is the context we need to return to. 900 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 901 DC = RD; 902 903 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 904 // declared in. 905 return DC; 906 } 907 908 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 909 } 910 911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 912 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 913 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 914 CurContext = DC; 915 S->setEntity(DC); 916 } 917 918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 919 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 920 921 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 922 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 923 } 924 925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 927 /// 928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 929 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 930 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 931 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 932 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 933 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 934 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 935 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 936 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 937 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 938 // namespace. 939 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 940 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 941 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 942 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 943 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 944 945 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 946 947 #ifndef NDEBUG 948 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 949 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 950 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 951 #endif 952 953 CurContext = DC; 954 S->setEntity(DC); 955 } 956 957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 958 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 959 960 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 961 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 962 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 963 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 964 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 965 966 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 967 // disappear. 968 } 969 970 971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 972 // We assume that the caller has already called 973 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 974 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 975 if (!FD) 976 return; 977 978 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 979 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 980 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 981 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 982 CurContext = FD; 983 S->setEntity(CurContext); 984 985 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 986 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 987 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 988 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 989 S->AddDecl(Param); 990 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 991 } 992 } 993 } 994 995 996 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 997 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 998 // rather than the top-level class. 999 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1000 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1001 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1002 } 1003 1004 1005 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1006 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1007 /// 1008 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1009 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1010 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1011 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1012 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1013 /// attribute. 1014 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1015 ASTContext &Context) { 1016 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1017 return true; 1018 1019 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1020 return true; 1021 1022 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1023 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1024 } 1025 1026 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1027 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1028 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1029 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1030 // scope. 1031 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1032 S = S->getParent(); 1033 1034 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1035 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1036 // into any context. 1037 if (AddToContext) 1038 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1039 1040 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1041 // are function-local declarations. 1042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1043 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1044 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1045 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1046 return; 1047 1048 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1049 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1050 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1054 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1055 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1056 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1057 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1058 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1059 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1060 1061 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1062 break; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 S->AddDecl(D); 1067 1068 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1069 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1070 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1071 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1072 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1073 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1074 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1075 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1076 continue; 1077 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1078 break; 1079 } 1080 1081 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1082 } else { 1083 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1084 } 1085 } 1086 1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1088 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1089 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1090 } 1091 1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1093 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1094 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1095 } 1096 1097 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1098 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1099 do { 1100 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1101 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1102 return S; 1103 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1104 1105 return 0; 1106 } 1107 1108 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1109 DeclContext*, 1110 ASTContext&); 1111 1112 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1113 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1114 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1115 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1116 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1117 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1118 while (F.hasNext()) { 1119 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1120 1121 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1122 continue; 1123 1124 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1125 continue; 1126 1127 F.erase(); 1128 } 1129 1130 F.done(); 1131 } 1132 1133 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1134 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1135 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1136 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1137 } 1138 1139 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1140 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1141 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1142 while (F.hasNext()) 1143 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1144 F.erase(); 1145 1146 F.done(); 1147 } 1148 1149 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1150 /// @code 1151 /// class S { 1152 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1153 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1154 /// }; 1155 /// @endcode 1156 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1157 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1158 // the decl here. 1159 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1160 return false; 1161 1162 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1163 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1164 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1165 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1166 return false; 1167 } 1168 1169 // We need this to handle 1170 // 1171 // typedef struct { 1172 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1173 // } A; 1174 // 1175 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1176 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1177 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1178 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1179 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1180 // not. 1181 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1182 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1183 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1184 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1185 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1186 return true; 1187 } 1188 DC = DC->getParent(); 1189 } 1190 1191 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1192 } 1193 1194 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1195 // these semantics. 1196 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1197 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1198 return false; 1199 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1200 } 1201 1202 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1203 assert(D); 1204 1205 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1206 return false; 1207 1208 // Ignore class templates. 1209 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1210 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1211 return false; 1212 1213 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1214 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1218 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1219 return false; 1220 } else { 1221 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1222 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1223 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 1227 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1228 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1229 return false; 1230 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1231 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1232 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1233 // like "inline".) 1234 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1235 return false; 1236 1237 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1238 return false; 1239 1240 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1241 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1242 return false; 1243 } else { 1244 return false; 1245 } 1246 1247 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1248 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1252 if (!D) 1253 return; 1254 1255 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1256 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1257 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1258 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1259 } 1260 1261 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1262 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1263 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1264 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1265 } 1266 1267 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1268 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1269 } 1270 1271 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1272 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1273 return false; 1274 1275 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1276 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1280 return true; 1281 1282 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1283 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1284 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1285 return false; 1286 1287 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1288 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1289 1290 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1291 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1292 1293 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1294 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1295 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1296 return false; 1297 } 1298 1299 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1300 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1301 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1302 return false; 1303 1304 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1305 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1306 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1307 return false; 1308 1309 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1310 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1311 return false; 1312 1313 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1314 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1315 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1316 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1317 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1318 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1319 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1320 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1321 return false; 1322 } 1323 } 1324 } 1325 } 1326 1327 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1328 } 1329 1330 return true; 1331 } 1332 1333 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1334 FixItHint &Hint) { 1335 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1336 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1337 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1338 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1339 return; 1340 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1341 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1342 } 1343 return; 1344 } 1345 1346 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1347 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1348 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1349 FixItHint Hint; 1350 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1351 return; 1352 1353 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1354 1355 unsigned DiagID; 1356 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1357 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1358 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1359 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1360 else 1361 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1362 1363 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1364 } 1365 1366 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1367 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1368 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1369 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1370 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1371 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1372 } 1373 1374 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1375 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1376 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1377 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1378 1379 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1380 I != E; ++I) { 1381 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1382 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1383 1384 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1385 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1386 1387 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1388 1389 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1390 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1391 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1392 1393 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1394 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1395 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1396 1397 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1398 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1403 /// 1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1406 /// to the fixed name. 1407 /// 1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1409 /// 1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1411 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1412 /// 1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1414 /// class could not be found. 1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1416 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1417 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1418 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1419 // creation from this context. 1420 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1421 1422 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1423 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1424 // find an Objective-C class name. 1425 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1426 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1427 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1428 Validator)) { 1429 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1430 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1431 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1432 } 1433 } 1434 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1435 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1436 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1437 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1438 return Def; 1439 } 1440 1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1445 /// ill-formed in C++: 1446 /// @code 1447 /// struct S6 { 1448 /// enum { BAR } e; 1449 /// }; 1450 /// 1451 /// void test_S6() { 1452 /// struct S6 a; 1453 /// a.e = BAR; 1454 /// } 1455 /// @endcode 1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1463 /// contain non-field names. 1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1465 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1466 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1467 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1468 S = S->getParent(); 1469 return S; 1470 } 1471 1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1477 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1478 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1479 return; 1480 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1481 1482 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1483 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1484 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1485 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1486 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1487 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1488 } 1489 1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1491 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1493 /// built-in. 1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1495 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1496 SourceLocation Loc) { 1497 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1498 1499 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1500 1501 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1502 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1503 switch (Error) { 1504 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1505 // Okay 1506 break; 1507 1508 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1509 if (ForRedeclaration) 1510 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1512 return 0; 1513 1514 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1515 if (ForRedeclaration) 1516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1517 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1518 return 0; 1519 1520 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1521 if (ForRedeclaration) 1522 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1523 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1524 return 0; 1525 } 1526 1527 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1530 << R; 1531 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1532 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1533 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1536 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1537 } 1538 1539 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1541 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1542 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1543 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1544 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1545 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1546 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1547 } 1548 1549 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1550 Parent, 1551 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1552 SC_Extern, 1553 false, 1554 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1555 New->setImplicit(); 1556 1557 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1558 // FunctionDecl. 1559 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1560 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1562 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1563 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1564 0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 1565 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1566 Params.push_back(parm); 1567 } 1568 New->setParams(Params); 1569 } 1570 1571 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1572 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1573 1574 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1575 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1576 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1577 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1578 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1579 CurContext = Parent; 1580 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1581 CurContext = SavedContext; 1582 return New; 1583 } 1584 1585 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1586 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1587 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1588 /// entity. 1589 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1590 NamedDecl *decl, 1591 LookupResult &previous){ 1592 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1593 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1594 return; 1595 1596 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1597 if (previous.empty()) 1598 return; 1599 1600 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1601 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1602 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1603 1604 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1605 if (!old->isHidden()) 1606 continue; 1607 1608 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1609 filter.erase(); 1610 } 1611 1612 filter.done(); 1613 } 1614 1615 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1616 QualType OldType; 1617 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1618 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1619 else 1620 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1621 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1622 1623 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1624 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1625 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1626 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1627 << Kind << NewType; 1628 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1630 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1631 return true; 1632 } 1633 1634 if (OldType != NewType && 1635 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1636 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1637 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1638 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1640 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1641 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1642 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1643 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1644 return true; 1645 } 1646 return false; 1647 } 1648 1649 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1650 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1651 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1652 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1653 /// 1654 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1655 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1656 // merging checks. 1657 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1658 1659 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1660 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1661 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1662 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1663 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1664 default: break; 1665 case 2: 1666 { 1667 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1668 break; 1669 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1670 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1671 break; 1672 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1673 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1674 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1675 break; 1676 } 1677 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1678 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1679 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1680 return; 1681 } 1682 case 5: 1683 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1684 break; 1685 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1686 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1687 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1688 return; 1689 case 3: 1690 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1691 break; 1692 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1693 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1694 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1695 return; 1696 } 1697 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1698 } 1699 1700 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1701 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1702 if (!Old) { 1703 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1704 << New->getDeclName(); 1705 1706 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1707 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1708 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1709 1710 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1714 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1715 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1716 1717 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1718 // with any extensions enabled. 1719 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1720 return; 1721 1722 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1723 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1724 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1725 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1726 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1727 } 1728 1729 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1730 return; 1731 1732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1733 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1734 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1735 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1736 // to the type to which it already refers. 1737 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1738 return; 1739 1740 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1741 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1742 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1743 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1744 // 1745 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1746 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1747 // 1748 // struct S { 1749 // typedef struct A { } A; 1750 // }; 1751 // 1752 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1753 // allow the above but disallow 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef int I; 1757 // typedef int I; 1758 // }; 1759 // 1760 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1761 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1762 return; 1763 1764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1765 << New->getDeclName(); 1766 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1767 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1768 } 1769 1770 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1771 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1772 return; 1773 1774 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1775 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1776 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1777 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1778 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1779 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1780 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1781 return; 1782 1783 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1784 << New->getDeclName(); 1785 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 1789 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1790 /// attribute. 1791 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1792 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1793 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1794 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1795 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1796 if (Ann) { 1797 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1798 return true; 1799 continue; 1800 } 1801 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1802 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1803 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1804 return true; 1805 } 1806 1807 return false; 1808 } 1809 1810 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1811 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1812 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1813 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1814 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1815 return true; 1816 } 1817 1818 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1819 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1820 /// 1821 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1822 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1823 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1824 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1825 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1826 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1827 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1828 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1829 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1830 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1831 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1832 // in a case like: 1833 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1834 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1835 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1836 // definition in such a case. 1837 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1838 return false; 1839 1840 if (I->isAlignas()) 1841 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1842 1843 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1844 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1845 OldAlign = Align; 1846 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1847 } 1848 } 1849 1850 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1851 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1852 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1853 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1854 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1855 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1856 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1857 return false; 1858 1859 if (I->isAlignas()) 1860 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1861 1862 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1863 if (Align > NewAlign) 1864 NewAlign = Align; 1865 } 1866 1867 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1868 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1869 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1870 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1871 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1872 1873 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1874 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1875 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1876 QualType Ty; 1877 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1878 Ty = VD->getType(); 1879 else 1880 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1881 1882 if (OldAlign == 0) 1883 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1884 if (NewAlign == 0) 1885 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1886 } 1887 1888 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1889 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1890 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1891 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1892 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1893 } 1894 } 1895 1896 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1897 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1898 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1899 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1900 // equivalent alignment. 1901 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1902 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1903 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1904 // have no alignment specifier. 1905 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1906 << OldAlignasAttr; 1907 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1908 << OldAlignasAttr; 1909 } 1910 1911 bool AnyAdded = false; 1912 1913 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1914 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1915 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1916 Clone->setInherited(true); 1917 New->addAttr(Clone); 1918 AnyAdded = true; 1919 } 1920 1921 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1922 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1923 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1924 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1925 Clone->setInherited(true); 1926 New->addAttr(Clone); 1927 AnyAdded = true; 1928 } 1929 1930 return AnyAdded; 1931 } 1932 1933 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1934 bool Override) { 1935 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1936 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1937 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1938 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1939 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1940 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1941 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1942 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1943 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1944 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1945 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1946 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1947 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1948 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1949 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1950 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1951 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1952 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1954 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1955 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1956 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1957 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1958 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1959 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1960 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1961 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1962 else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 1963 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 1964 AttrSpellingListIndex, 1965 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 1966 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1967 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1968 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1969 NewAttr = 0; 1970 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1971 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1972 1973 if (NewAttr) { 1974 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1975 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1976 return true; 1977 } 1978 1979 return false; 1980 } 1981 1982 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1983 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1984 return TD->getDefinition(); 1985 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1986 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 1987 if (Def) 1988 return Def; 1989 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 1990 } 1991 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1992 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1993 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 1994 return Def; 1995 } 1996 return NULL; 1997 } 1998 1999 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2000 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2001 I != E; ++I) { 2002 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2003 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2004 return true; 2005 } 2006 return false; 2007 } 2008 2009 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2010 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2011 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2012 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2013 return; 2014 2015 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2016 if (!Def || Def == New) 2017 return; 2018 2019 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2020 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2021 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2022 2023 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2024 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2025 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2026 else { 2027 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2028 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2029 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2030 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2031 : diag::err_redefinition; 2032 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2033 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2034 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2035 } 2036 ++I; 2037 continue; 2038 } 2039 2040 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2041 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2042 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2043 ++I; 2044 continue; 2045 } 2046 } 2047 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA; 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA; 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083 } 2084 2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2089 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2090 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2091 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2092 } 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2098 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2099 2100 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2101 return; 2102 2103 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2104 2105 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2106 // we process them. 2107 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2108 2109 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2110 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2111 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2112 i != e; ++i) { 2113 bool Override = false; 2114 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2115 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2116 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2117 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2118 switch (AMK) { 2119 case AMK_None: 2120 continue; 2121 2122 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2123 break; 2124 2125 case AMK_Override: 2126 Override = true; 2127 break; 2128 } 2129 } 2130 2131 // Already handled. 2132 if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i)) 2133 continue; 2134 2135 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2136 foundAny = true; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2140 foundAny = true; 2141 2142 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2143 } 2144 2145 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2146 /// to the new one. 2147 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2148 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2149 Sema &S) { 2150 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2151 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2152 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2153 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2154 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2155 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2156 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2157 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2158 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2159 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2160 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2161 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2162 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2163 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2164 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2165 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2166 } 2167 2168 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2169 return; 2170 2171 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2172 2173 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2174 // done before we process them. 2175 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2176 2177 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2178 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2179 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2180 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2181 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2182 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2183 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2184 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2185 foundAny = true; 2186 } 2187 } 2188 2189 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2190 } 2191 2192 namespace { 2193 2194 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2195 /// C. 2196 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2197 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2198 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2199 QualType PromotedType; 2200 }; 2201 2202 } 2203 2204 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2205 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2206 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2207 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2208 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2209 2210 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2211 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2212 2213 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2214 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2215 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2216 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2217 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2218 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2219 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2220 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2221 } 2222 2223 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2224 } 2225 2226 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2227 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2228 /// GNU89 mode. 2229 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2230 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2231 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2232 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2233 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2234 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2235 } 2236 2237 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2238 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2239 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2240 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2241 return AT; 2242 } 2243 2244 template <typename T> 2245 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2246 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2247 if (DC->isRecord()) 2248 return false; 2249 2250 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2251 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2252 return true; 2253 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2254 return true; 2255 return false; 2256 } 2257 2258 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2259 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2260 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2261 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2262 /// 2263 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2264 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2265 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2266 /// merged with. 2267 /// 2268 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2269 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2270 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2271 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2272 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2285 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2286 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2287 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2288 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2289 2290 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2291 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2292 if (Old && 2293 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2294 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2295 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2296 Old = 0; 2297 2298 if (!Old) { 2299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2300 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2302 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2303 return true; 2304 } 2305 OldD = Old; 2306 } else { 2307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2308 << New->getDeclName(); 2309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 } 2313 2314 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2315 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2316 return true; 2317 2318 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2319 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2320 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2321 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2322 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2323 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2324 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2325 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2326 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2327 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2328 } else 2329 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2330 2331 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2332 // is an extern inline function. 2333 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2334 // storage classes. 2335 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2336 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2337 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2338 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2339 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2340 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2342 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2343 } else { 2344 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2345 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2346 return true; 2347 } 2348 } 2349 2350 2351 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2352 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2353 // convention of the first. 2354 // 2355 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2356 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2357 // 2358 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2359 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2360 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2361 // 2362 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2363 // other tests to run. 2364 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2365 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2366 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2367 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2368 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2369 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2370 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2371 2372 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2373 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2374 const FunctionType *FT = 2375 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2376 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2377 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2378 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2379 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2380 // there but not here. 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } else { 2384 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2385 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2386 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2387 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2388 << !FirstCCExplicit 2389 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2390 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2391 2392 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2393 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2394 return true; 2395 } 2396 } 2397 2398 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2399 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge regparm attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2406 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2407 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2409 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2410 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2411 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 return true; 2413 } 2414 2415 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2416 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2417 } 2418 2419 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2420 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2421 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2423 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 2427 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2428 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2429 } 2430 2431 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2432 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2433 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2434 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2435 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2436 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2437 } 2438 2439 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2440 // UndefinedButUsed. 2441 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2442 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2443 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2444 Old->isUsed(false) && 2445 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2446 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2447 SourceLocation())); 2448 2449 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2450 // about it. 2451 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2452 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2453 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2454 } 2455 2456 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2457 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2458 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2459 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2460 // cannot be overloaded. 2461 2462 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2463 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2464 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2465 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2466 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2467 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2468 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2469 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2470 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2471 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2472 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2473 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2474 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2475 QualType ResQT; 2476 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2477 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2478 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2479 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2480 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2481 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2482 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2483 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2484 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2485 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2486 else 2487 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2488 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2489 return true; 2490 } 2491 else 2492 NewQType = ResQT; 2493 } 2494 2495 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2496 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2497 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2498 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2499 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2500 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2501 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2502 New->setType( 2503 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2504 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2505 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2506 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2507 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2508 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2509 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2514 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2515 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2516 // Preserve triviality. 2517 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2518 2519 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2520 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2521 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2522 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2523 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2524 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2525 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2526 2527 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2528 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2529 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2530 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2531 // is a static member function declaration. 2532 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2534 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2535 return true; 2536 } 2537 2538 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2539 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2540 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2541 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2542 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2543 unsigned NewDiag; 2544 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2545 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2546 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2547 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2548 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2549 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2550 else 2551 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2552 2553 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2554 } else { 2555 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2556 << New << New->getType(); 2557 } 2558 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2559 2560 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2561 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2562 // 2563 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2564 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2565 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2566 if (isFriend) { 2567 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2568 } else { 2569 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2570 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2571 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2572 return true; 2573 } 2574 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2575 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2576 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2577 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2578 return true; 2579 } 2580 } 2581 2582 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2583 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2584 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2585 // attribute. 2586 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2587 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2588 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2589 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2590 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2591 } 2592 2593 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2594 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2595 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2596 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2597 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2598 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2599 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2600 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2601 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2602 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2603 } 2604 2605 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2606 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2607 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2608 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2609 2610 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2611 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2612 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2613 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2614 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2615 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2616 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2617 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2618 } 2619 2620 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2621 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2622 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2623 // 2624 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2625 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2626 // linkage within class scope. 2627 // 2628 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2629 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2631 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2632 } else { 2633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2634 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2635 return true; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2640 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2641 2642 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2643 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2644 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2645 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2646 // when we instantiate the function. 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 2650 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2651 } 2652 2653 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2654 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2655 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2656 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2657 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2658 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2659 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2660 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2661 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2662 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2663 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2664 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2665 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_type_begin(), 2666 OldProto->param_type_end()); 2667 NewQType = 2668 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2669 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2670 New->setType(NewQType); 2671 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2672 2673 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2674 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2675 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator 2676 ParamType = OldProto->param_type_begin(), 2677 ParamEnd = OldProto->param_type_end(); 2678 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2679 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2680 SourceLocation(), 2681 SourceLocation(), 0, 2682 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2683 SC_None, 2684 0); 2685 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2686 Param->setImplicit(); 2687 Params.push_back(Param); 2688 } 2689 2690 New->setParams(Params); 2691 } 2692 2693 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2694 } 2695 2696 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2697 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2698 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2699 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2700 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2701 // the prototype. 2702 // 2703 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2704 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2705 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2706 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2707 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2708 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2709 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2710 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2711 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2712 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2713 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2714 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2715 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2716 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2717 2718 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2719 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2720 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2721 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2722 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2723 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2724 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2725 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2726 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2727 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2728 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2729 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2730 NewParm->getType(), 2731 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2732 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2733 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2734 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2735 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2736 } else 2737 LooseCompatible = false; 2738 } 2739 2740 if (LooseCompatible) { 2741 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2742 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2743 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2744 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2745 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2746 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2747 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2749 } 2750 2751 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2752 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2753 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2754 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2755 } 2756 2757 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2758 } 2759 2760 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2761 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2762 2763 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2764 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2765 unsigned BuiltinID; 2766 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2767 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2768 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2769 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2771 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2772 << Old << Old->getType(); 2773 2774 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2775 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2776 // 2777 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2778 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2779 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2780 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2781 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2782 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2783 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2784 2785 return false; 2786 } 2787 2788 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2789 } 2790 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2792 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2793 return true; 2794 } 2795 2796 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2797 /// known to be compatible. 2798 /// 2799 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2800 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2801 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2802 /// redeclaration of Old. 2803 /// 2804 /// \returns false 2805 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2806 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2807 // Merge the attributes 2808 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2809 2810 // Merge "pure" flag. 2811 if (Old->isPure()) 2812 New->setPure(); 2813 2814 // Merge "used" flag. 2815 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2816 New->setIsUsed(); 2817 2818 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2819 // declarations. 2820 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2821 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2822 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2823 *this); 2824 2825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2826 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2827 2828 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2829 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2830 // was visible. 2831 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2832 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2833 New->setType(Merged); 2834 2835 return false; 2836 } 2837 2838 2839 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2840 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2841 2842 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2843 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2844 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2845 : AMK_Override; 2846 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2847 2848 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2849 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2850 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2851 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2852 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2853 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2854 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2855 2856 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2857 } 2858 2859 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2860 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2861 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2862 /// 2863 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2864 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2865 /// is attached. 2866 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2867 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2868 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2869 return; 2870 2871 QualType MergedT; 2872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2873 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2874 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2875 return; 2876 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2877 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2878 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2879 } 2880 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2881 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2882 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2883 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2884 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2885 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2886 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2887 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2888 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2889 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2890 NewArray->getElementType())) 2891 MergedT = New->getType(); 2892 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2893 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2894 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2895 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2896 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2897 NewArray->getElementType())) 2898 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2899 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2900 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2901 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2902 Old->getType()); 2903 } 2904 } else { 2905 // C 6.2.7p2: 2906 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2907 // compatible type. 2908 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2909 } 2910 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2911 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2912 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2913 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2914 // equivalent. 2915 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2916 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2917 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2918 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2919 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2920 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2921 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2922 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2923 return; 2924 } 2925 2926 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2927 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2928 // 2929 // extern int arr[]; 2930 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2931 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2932 // 2933 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2934 // to diagnose it. 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2936 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2939 } 2940 2941 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2942 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2943 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2944 New->setType(MergedT); 2945 } 2946 2947 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2948 LookupResult &Previous) { 2949 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2950 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2951 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2952 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2953 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2954 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2955 // 2956 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2957 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2958 return false; 2959 2960 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2961 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2962 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2963 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2964 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2965 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2966 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2967 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2968 } else { 2969 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2970 // type unless we're in the same function. 2971 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2972 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2977 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2978 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2979 /// 2980 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2981 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2982 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2983 /// 2984 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2985 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2986 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2987 return; 2988 2989 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 2990 2991 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2992 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2993 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0; 2994 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2995 if (NewTemplate) { 2996 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2997 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0; 2998 } else 2999 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3000 } 3001 if (!Old) { 3002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3003 << New->getDeclName(); 3004 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3005 diag::note_previous_definition); 3006 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3007 } 3008 3009 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3010 return; 3011 3012 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3013 if (NewTemplate && 3014 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3015 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3016 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3017 return; 3018 3019 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3020 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3021 // 3022 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3023 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3025 << New->getIdentifier(); 3026 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3027 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3028 } 3029 3030 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3031 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3032 // declaration 3033 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3034 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3035 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3037 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3038 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3039 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3040 } 3041 3042 // Merge the types. 3043 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3044 3045 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3046 return; 3047 3048 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3049 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3050 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3051 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3052 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3053 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3055 } 3056 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3057 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3058 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3059 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3060 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3061 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3062 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3063 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3064 // identifier has external linkage. 3065 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3066 /* Okay */; 3067 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3068 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3069 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3070 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3071 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3072 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3073 } 3074 3075 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3076 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3077 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3078 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3080 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3081 } 3082 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3083 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3085 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3086 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3087 } 3088 3089 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3090 3091 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3092 // need to check for mismatches. 3093 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3094 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3095 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3096 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3098 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3099 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3100 } 3101 3102 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3103 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3106 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3108 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3109 } else { 3110 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3111 // static and dynamic initialization. 3112 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3113 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3115 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3116 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3117 } 3118 } 3119 3120 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3121 const VarDecl *Def; 3122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3123 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3124 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3126 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3127 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3128 return; 3129 } 3130 3131 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3133 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3134 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3135 return; 3136 } 3137 3138 // Merge "used" flag. 3139 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3140 New->setIsUsed(); 3141 3142 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3143 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3144 if (NewTemplate) 3145 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3146 3147 // Inherit access appropriately. 3148 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3149 if (NewTemplate) 3150 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3151 } 3152 3153 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3154 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3155 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3156 DeclSpec &DS) { 3157 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3158 } 3159 3160 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) { 3161 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3162 return; 3163 3164 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3165 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3166 // it is anonymous. 3167 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3168 return; 3169 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3170 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3171 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3172 return; 3173 } 3174 3175 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3176 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3177 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3178 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3179 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3180 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3181 } 3182 } 3183 3184 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3185 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3186 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3187 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3188 DeclSpec &DS, 3189 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3190 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3191 Decl *TagD = 0; 3192 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3193 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3194 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3195 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3196 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3197 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3198 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3199 3200 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3201 return 0; 3202 3203 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3204 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3205 // it's a Type. 3206 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3207 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3208 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3209 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3210 } 3211 3212 if (Tag) { 3213 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 3214 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3215 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3216 return Tag; 3217 } 3218 3219 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3220 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3221 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3222 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3223 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3224 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3225 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3226 } 3227 3228 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3229 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3230 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3231 if (Tag) 3232 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3233 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3234 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3235 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3236 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3237 else 3238 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3239 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3240 return TagD; 3241 } 3242 3243 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3244 3245 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3246 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3247 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3248 if (TagD && !Tag) 3249 return 0; 3250 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3251 } 3252 3253 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3254 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3255 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3256 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3257 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3258 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3259 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3260 // or an explicit specialization. 3261 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3262 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3263 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3264 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3265 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3266 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3267 << SS.getRange(); 3268 return 0; 3269 } 3270 3271 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3272 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3273 3274 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3275 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3276 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3277 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3278 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3279 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3280 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3281 3282 DeclaresAnything = false; 3283 } 3284 } 3285 3286 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3287 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3288 CurContext->isRecord() && 3289 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3290 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3291 // struct STRUCT; 3292 // and 3293 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3294 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3295 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3296 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3297 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3298 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3299 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3300 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3301 } 3302 } 3303 3304 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3305 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3306 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3307 return TagD; 3308 3309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3310 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3311 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3312 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3313 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3314 DeclaresAnything = false; 3315 3316 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3317 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3318 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3319 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3320 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3321 else 3322 DeclaresAnything = false; 3323 } 3324 3325 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3326 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3327 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3328 << Tag->getTagKind() 3329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3330 3331 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3332 3333 // C 6.7/2: 3334 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3335 // or the members of an enumeration. 3336 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3337 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3338 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3339 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3340 // previous declaration. 3341 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3342 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3343 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3344 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3345 return TagD; 3346 } 3347 3348 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3349 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3350 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3351 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3352 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3353 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3354 // 3355 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3356 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3358 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3359 3360 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3361 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3362 // useless. 3363 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3364 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3365 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3366 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3367 3368 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3369 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3370 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3371 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3372 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3373 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3374 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3375 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3376 // Restrict is covered above. 3377 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3378 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3379 } 3380 3381 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3382 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3383 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3384 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3385 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3386 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3387 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3388 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3389 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3390 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3391 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3392 while (attrs) { 3393 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3394 << attrs->getName() 3395 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3396 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3397 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3398 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3399 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3400 } 3401 } 3402 } 3403 3404 return TagD; 3405 } 3406 3407 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3408 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3409 /// 3410 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3411 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3412 Scope *S, 3413 DeclContext *Owner, 3414 DeclarationName Name, 3415 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3416 unsigned diagnostic) { 3417 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3418 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3419 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3420 3421 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3422 return false; 3423 3424 // Pick a representative declaration. 3425 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3426 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3427 3428 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3429 return false; 3430 3431 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3432 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3433 3434 return true; 3435 } 3436 3437 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3438 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3439 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3440 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3441 /// struct, e.g., 3442 /// 3443 /// @code 3444 /// union { 3445 /// int i; 3446 /// float f; 3447 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3448 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3449 /// @endcode 3450 /// 3451 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3452 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3453 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3454 DeclContext *Owner, 3455 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3456 AccessSpecifier AS, 3457 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3458 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3459 unsigned diagKind 3460 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3461 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3462 3463 bool Invalid = false; 3464 3465 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3466 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3467 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3468 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3469 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3470 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3471 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3472 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3473 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3474 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3475 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3476 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3477 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3478 Invalid = true; 3479 } else { 3480 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3481 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3482 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3483 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3484 // anonymous union is declared. 3485 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3486 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3487 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3488 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3489 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3490 else 3491 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3492 3493 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3494 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3495 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3496 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3497 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3498 3499 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3500 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3501 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3502 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3503 3504 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3505 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3506 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3507 3508 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3509 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3510 3511 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3512 } 3513 } 3514 } 3515 3516 return Invalid; 3517 } 3518 3519 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3520 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3521 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3522 static StorageClass 3523 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3524 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3525 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3526 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3527 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3528 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3529 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3530 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3531 return SC_None; 3532 return SC_Extern; 3533 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3534 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3535 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3536 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3537 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3538 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3539 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3540 } 3541 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3542 } 3543 3544 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3545 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3546 3547 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = Record->decls_begin(), 3548 E = Record->decls_end(); 3549 I != E; ++I) { 3550 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*I); 3551 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*I)) 3552 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3553 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3554 return FD->getLocation(); 3555 } 3556 3557 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3558 } 3559 3560 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3561 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3562 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3563 return; 3564 3565 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3566 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3567 } 3568 3569 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3570 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3571 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3572 return; 3573 3574 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3575 } 3576 3577 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3578 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3579 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3580 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3581 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3582 AccessSpecifier AS, 3583 RecordDecl *Record, 3584 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3585 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3586 3587 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3588 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3589 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3590 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3591 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3592 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3593 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3594 3595 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3596 // structs/unions. 3597 bool Invalid = false; 3598 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3599 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3600 unsigned DiagID; 3601 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3602 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3603 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3604 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3605 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3606 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3607 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3608 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3609 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3610 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3611 3612 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3613 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3614 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3615 } 3616 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3617 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3618 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3619 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3620 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3621 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3622 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3624 3625 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3626 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3627 SourceLocation(), 3628 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3629 } 3630 } 3631 3632 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3633 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3634 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3635 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3636 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3638 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3639 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3640 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3641 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3642 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3643 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3644 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3645 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3646 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3647 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3648 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3649 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3650 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3651 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3652 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3653 3654 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3655 } 3656 3657 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3658 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3659 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3660 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3661 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3662 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3663 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3664 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3665 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3666 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3667 // members (clause 11). 3668 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3669 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3671 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3672 Invalid = true; 3673 } 3674 3675 // C++ [class.union]p1 3676 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3677 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3678 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3679 // array of such objects. 3680 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3681 Invalid = true; 3682 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3683 // Any implicit members are fine. 3684 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3685 // This is a type that showed up in an 3686 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3687 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3688 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3689 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3690 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3691 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3692 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3693 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3694 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3695 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3696 else { 3697 // This is a nested type declaration. 3698 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3699 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3700 Invalid = true; 3701 } 3702 } else { 3703 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3704 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3705 // not part of standard C++. 3706 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3707 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3708 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3709 } 3710 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3711 // Any access specifier is fine. 3712 } else { 3713 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3714 // member. Complain about it. 3715 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3716 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3717 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3718 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3719 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3720 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3721 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3722 3723 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3724 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3725 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3726 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3727 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3728 else { 3729 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3730 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3731 Invalid = true; 3732 } 3733 } 3734 } 3735 3736 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3737 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3738 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3739 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3740 Owner->isRecord()) 3741 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3742 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3743 } 3744 3745 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3746 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3747 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3748 Invalid = true; 3749 } 3750 3751 // Mock up a declarator. 3752 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3753 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3754 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3755 3756 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3757 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3758 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3759 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3760 DS.getLocStart(), 3761 Record->getLocation(), 3762 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3763 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3764 TInfo, 3765 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3766 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3767 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3768 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3769 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3770 } else { 3771 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3772 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3773 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3774 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3775 // an error here 3776 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3777 Invalid = true; 3778 SC = SC_None; 3779 } 3780 3781 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3782 DS.getLocStart(), 3783 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3784 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3785 TInfo, SC); 3786 3787 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3788 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3789 // initializer: 3790 // union { int n = 0; }; 3791 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3792 } 3793 Anon->setImplicit(); 3794 3795 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3796 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3797 3798 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3799 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3800 // its members. 3801 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3802 3803 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3804 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3805 // purposes. 3806 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3807 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3808 3809 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3810 Chain, false)) 3811 Invalid = true; 3812 3813 if (Invalid) 3814 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3815 3816 return Anon; 3817 } 3818 3819 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3820 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3821 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3822 /// Example: 3823 /// 3824 /// struct A { int a; }; 3825 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3826 /// 3827 /// void foo() { 3828 /// B var; 3829 /// var.a = 3; 3830 /// } 3831 /// 3832 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3833 RecordDecl *Record) { 3834 3835 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3836 if (!Record) 3837 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3838 3839 // Mock up a declarator. 3840 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3842 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3843 3844 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3845 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3846 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3847 DS.getLocStart(), 3848 DS.getLocStart(), 3849 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3850 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3851 TInfo, 3852 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3853 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3854 Anon->setImplicit(); 3855 3856 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3857 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3858 3859 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3860 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3861 // purposes. 3862 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3863 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3864 3865 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3866 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3867 RecordDef, AS_none, 3868 Chain, true)) 3869 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3870 3871 return Anon; 3872 } 3873 3874 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3875 /// given Declarator. 3876 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3877 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3878 } 3879 3880 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3881 DeclarationNameInfo 3882 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3883 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3884 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3885 3886 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3887 3888 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3889 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3890 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3891 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3892 return NameInfo; 3893 3894 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3895 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3896 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3897 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3898 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3899 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3900 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3901 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3902 return NameInfo; 3903 3904 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3905 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3906 Name.Identifier)); 3907 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3908 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3909 return NameInfo; 3910 3911 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3913 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3914 if (Ty.isNull()) 3915 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3916 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3917 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3918 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3919 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3920 return NameInfo; 3921 } 3922 3923 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3924 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3925 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3926 if (Ty.isNull()) 3927 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3928 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3929 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3930 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3931 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3932 return NameInfo; 3933 } 3934 3935 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3936 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3937 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3938 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3939 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3940 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3941 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3942 3943 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3944 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3945 3946 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3947 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3948 // was qualified. 3949 3950 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3951 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3952 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3953 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3954 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3955 return NameInfo; 3956 } 3957 3958 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3959 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3960 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3961 if (Ty.isNull()) 3962 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3963 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3964 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3965 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3966 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3967 return NameInfo; 3968 } 3969 3970 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3971 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3972 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3973 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3974 } 3975 3976 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3977 3978 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3979 } 3980 3981 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3982 do { 3983 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3984 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3985 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3986 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3987 else 3988 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3989 } while (true); 3990 } 3991 3992 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3993 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3994 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3995 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3996 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3997 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3998 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3999 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4000 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4001 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4002 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4003 Params.clear(); 4004 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4005 return false; 4006 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4007 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4008 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4009 4010 // The parameter types are identical 4011 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4012 continue; 4013 4014 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4015 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4016 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4017 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4018 4019 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4020 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4021 Params.push_back(Idx); 4022 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4023 return false; 4024 } 4025 4026 return true; 4027 } 4028 4029 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4030 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4031 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4032 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4033 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4034 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4035 DeclarationName Name) { 4036 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4037 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4038 // - types which will become injected class names 4039 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4040 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4041 // few cases here. 4042 4043 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4044 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4045 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4046 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4047 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4048 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4049 // Grab the type from the parser. 4050 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 4051 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4052 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4053 4054 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4055 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4056 // attached already. 4057 if (!TSI) 4058 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4059 4060 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4061 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4062 if (!TSI) return true; 4063 4064 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4065 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4066 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4067 break; 4068 } 4069 4070 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4071 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4072 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4073 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4074 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4075 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4076 break; 4077 } 4078 4079 default: 4080 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4081 break; 4082 } 4083 4084 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4085 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4086 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4087 4088 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4089 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4090 // pointer. 4091 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4092 continue; 4093 4094 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4095 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4096 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4097 return true; 4098 } 4099 4100 return false; 4101 } 4102 4103 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4104 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4105 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4106 4107 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4108 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4109 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4110 4111 return Dcl; 4112 } 4113 4114 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4115 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4116 /// name different from T: 4117 /// - every static data member of class T; 4118 /// - every member function of class T 4119 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4120 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4121 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4122 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4123 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4124 4125 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4126 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4127 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4128 return true; 4129 } 4130 4131 return false; 4132 } 4133 4134 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4135 /// nested-name-specifier. 4136 /// 4137 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4138 /// 4139 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4140 /// resolves. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4143 /// 4144 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4145 /// 4146 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4147 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4148 DeclarationName Name, 4149 SourceLocation Loc) { 4150 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4151 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4152 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4153 4154 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4155 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4156 // 4157 // class X { 4158 // void X::f(); 4159 // }; 4160 // 4161 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4162 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4163 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4164 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4165 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4166 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4167 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4168 SS.clear(); 4169 } else { 4170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4171 } 4172 return false; 4173 } 4174 4175 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4176 // declaration. 4177 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4178 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4180 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4181 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4182 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4183 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4184 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4186 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4187 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4188 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4189 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4190 else 4191 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4192 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4193 4194 return true; 4195 } 4196 4197 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4198 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4199 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4200 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4201 SS.clear(); 4202 4203 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4204 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4205 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4206 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4207 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4208 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4209 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4210 return true; 4211 4212 return false; 4213 } 4214 4215 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4216 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4217 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4218 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4219 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4220 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4221 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4222 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4223 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4224 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4225 4226 return false; 4227 } 4228 4229 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4230 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4231 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4232 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4233 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4234 4235 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4236 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4237 if (!Name) { 4238 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4239 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4240 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4241 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4242 return 0; 4243 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4244 return 0; 4245 4246 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4247 // we find one that is. 4248 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4249 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4250 S = S->getParent(); 4251 4252 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4253 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4254 D.setInvalidType(); 4255 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4256 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4257 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4258 return 0; 4259 4260 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4261 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4262 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4263 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4264 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4265 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4266 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4267 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4268 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4269 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4270 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4271 return 0; 4272 } 4273 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4274 4275 if (!IsDependentContext && 4276 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4277 return 0; 4278 4279 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4280 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4281 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4282 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4283 D.setInvalidType(); 4284 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4285 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4286 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4287 if (DC->isRecord()) 4288 return 0; 4289 4290 D.setInvalidType(); 4291 } 4292 } 4293 4294 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4295 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4296 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4297 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4298 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4299 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4300 D.setInvalidType(); 4301 } 4302 } 4303 4304 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4305 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4306 // Just return early; it's safer. 4307 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4308 return 0; 4309 4310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4311 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4312 4313 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4314 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4315 D.setInvalidType(); 4316 4317 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4318 ForRedeclaration); 4319 4320 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4321 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4322 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4323 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4324 4325 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4326 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4327 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4328 // 4329 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4330 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4331 // the same name. 4332 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4333 /* Do nothing*/; 4334 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4335 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4336 R->isFunctionType())) { 4337 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4338 CreateBuiltins = 4339 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4340 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4341 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4342 CreateBuiltins = true; 4343 4344 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4345 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4346 4347 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4348 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4349 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4350 4351 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4352 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4353 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4354 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4355 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4356 // thereof; [...] 4357 // 4358 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4359 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4360 // we want to match. For example, given: 4361 // 4362 // class X { 4363 // void f(); 4364 // void f(float); 4365 // }; 4366 // 4367 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4368 // 4369 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4370 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4371 // matches. 4372 4373 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4374 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4375 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4376 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4377 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4378 } 4379 4380 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4381 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4382 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4383 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4384 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4385 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4386 4387 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4388 Previous.clear(); 4389 } 4390 4391 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4392 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4393 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4394 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4395 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4396 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4397 Previous.clear(); 4398 4399 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4400 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4401 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4402 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4403 4404 NamedDecl *New; 4405 4406 bool AddToScope = true; 4407 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4408 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4409 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4410 return 0; 4411 } 4412 4413 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4414 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4415 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4416 TemplateParamLists, 4417 AddToScope); 4418 } else { 4419 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4420 AddToScope); 4421 } 4422 4423 if (New == 0) 4424 return 0; 4425 4426 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4427 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4428 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4429 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4430 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4431 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4432 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4433 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4434 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4435 if (!AddToContext) 4436 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4437 } 4438 4439 return New; 4440 } 4441 4442 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4443 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4444 /// GCC compatibility). 4445 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4446 ASTContext &Context, 4447 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4448 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4449 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4450 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4451 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4452 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4453 SizeIsNegative = false; 4454 Oversized = 0; 4455 4456 if (T->isDependentType()) 4457 return QualType(); 4458 4459 QualifierCollector Qs; 4460 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4461 4462 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4463 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4464 QualType FixedType = 4465 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4466 Oversized); 4467 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4468 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4469 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4470 } 4471 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4472 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4473 QualType FixedType = 4474 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4475 Oversized); 4476 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4477 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4478 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4479 } 4480 4481 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4482 if (!VLATy) 4483 return QualType(); 4484 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4485 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4486 return QualType(); 4487 4488 llvm::APSInt Res; 4489 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4490 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4491 return QualType(); 4492 4493 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4494 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4495 SizeIsNegative = true; 4496 return QualType(); 4497 } 4498 4499 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4500 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4501 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4502 Res); 4503 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4504 Oversized = Res; 4505 return QualType(); 4506 } 4507 4508 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4509 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4510 } 4511 4512 static void 4513 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4514 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4515 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4516 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4517 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4518 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4519 return; 4520 } 4521 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4522 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4523 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4524 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4525 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4526 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4527 return; 4528 } 4529 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4530 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4531 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4532 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4533 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4534 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4535 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4536 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4537 } 4538 4539 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4540 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4541 /// GCC compatibility). 4542 static TypeSourceInfo* 4543 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4544 ASTContext &Context, 4545 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4546 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4547 QualType FixedTy 4548 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4549 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4550 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4551 return 0; 4552 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4553 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4554 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4555 return FixedTInfo; 4556 } 4557 4558 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4559 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4560 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4561 /// function-scope declarations. 4562 void 4563 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4564 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4565 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4566 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4567 return; 4568 4569 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4570 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4571 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4572 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4573 } 4574 4575 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4576 if (ExternalSource) { 4577 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4578 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4579 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4580 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4581 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4582 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4583 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4584 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4585 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4586 } 4587 } 4588 4589 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4590 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4591 } 4592 4593 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4594 /// does not identify a function. 4595 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4596 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4597 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4598 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4599 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4600 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4601 4602 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4603 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4604 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4605 4606 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4607 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4608 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4609 4610 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4611 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4612 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4613 } 4614 4615 NamedDecl* 4616 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4617 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4618 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4619 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4621 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4622 D.setInvalidType(); 4623 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4624 DC = CurContext; 4625 Previous.clear(); 4626 } 4627 4628 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4629 4630 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4631 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4632 << 1; 4633 4634 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4635 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4636 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4637 return 0; 4638 } 4639 4640 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4641 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4642 4643 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4644 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4645 4646 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4647 4648 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4649 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4650 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4651 return ND; 4652 } 4653 4654 void 4655 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4656 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4657 // then it shall have block scope. 4658 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4659 // that redeclarations will match. 4660 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4661 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4662 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4663 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4664 4665 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4666 bool SizeIsNegative; 4667 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4668 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4669 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4670 SizeIsNegative, 4671 Oversized); 4672 if (FixedTInfo) { 4673 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4674 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4675 } else { 4676 if (SizeIsNegative) 4677 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4678 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4679 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4680 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4681 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4682 << Oversized.toString(10); 4683 else 4684 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4685 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4686 } 4687 } 4688 } 4689 } 4690 4691 4692 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4693 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4694 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4695 NamedDecl* 4696 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4697 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4698 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4699 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4700 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4701 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4702 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4703 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4704 Redeclaration = true; 4705 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4706 } 4707 4708 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4709 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4710 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4711 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4712 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4713 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4714 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4715 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4716 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4717 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4718 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4719 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4720 } 4721 4722 return NewTD; 4723 } 4724 4725 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4726 /// previous declaration. 4727 /// 4728 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4729 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4730 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4731 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4732 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4733 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4734 /// 4735 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4736 /// lookup 4737 /// 4738 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4739 /// declared. 4740 /// 4741 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4742 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4743 static bool 4744 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4745 ASTContext &Context) { 4746 if (!PrevDecl) 4747 return false; 4748 4749 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4750 return false; 4751 4752 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4753 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4754 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4755 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4756 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4757 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4758 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4759 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4760 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4761 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4762 return false; 4763 4764 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4765 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4766 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4767 return false; 4768 4769 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4770 // previous declarations. 4771 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4772 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4773 4774 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4775 // isn't the same function. 4776 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4777 return false; 4778 } 4779 4780 return true; 4781 } 4782 4783 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4784 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4785 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4786 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4787 } 4788 4789 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4790 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4791 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4792 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4793 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4794 unsigned kind = -1U; 4795 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4796 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4797 kind = 0; // __block 4798 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4799 kind = 1; // global 4800 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4801 kind = 3; // ivar 4802 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4803 kind = 2; // field 4804 } 4805 4806 if (kind != -1U) { 4807 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4808 << kind; 4809 } 4810 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4811 // Try to infer lifetime. 4812 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4813 return false; 4814 4815 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4816 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4817 decl->setType(type); 4818 } 4819 4820 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4821 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4822 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4823 var->getTLSKind()) { 4824 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4825 << var->getType(); 4826 return true; 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 return false; 4831 } 4832 4833 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4834 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4835 // the wrong linkage. 4836 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4837 4838 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4839 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4840 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4841 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4842 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4843 } 4844 } 4845 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4846 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4847 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4848 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4849 } 4850 } 4851 4852 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4853 // It does not apply to functions. 4854 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4855 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4856 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4857 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4858 } 4859 } 4860 } 4861 4862 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4863 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4864 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4865 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4866 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4867 4868 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4869 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4870 4871 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4872 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4873 return false; 4874 4875 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4876 4877 #ifndef NDEBUG 4878 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4879 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4880 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4881 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4882 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4883 #endif 4884 4885 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4886 4887 #ifndef NDEBUG 4888 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4889 #endif 4890 4891 return isC99Inline; 4892 } 4893 4894 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4895 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4896 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4897 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4898 /// 4899 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4900 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4901 /// 4902 /// For instance: 4903 /// 4904 /// auto x = []{}; 4905 /// 4906 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4907 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4908 /// 4909 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4910 template<typename T> 4911 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4912 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4913 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4914 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4915 return false; 4916 } 4917 return D->isExternC(); 4918 } 4919 4920 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4921 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4922 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4923 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4924 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4925 return true; 4926 if (DC->isRecord()) 4927 return false; 4928 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4929 } 4930 4931 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4932 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4933 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4934 return true; 4935 if (DC->isRecord()) 4936 return false; 4937 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4938 } 4939 4940 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 4941 /// function-local external declaration. 4942 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 4943 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4944 return false; 4945 4946 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 4947 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 4948 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 4949 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 4950 return true; 4951 4952 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 4953 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 4954 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 4955 // innermost enclosing namespace. 4956 // 4957 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 4958 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 4959 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 4960 DC = DC->getParent(); 4961 return true; 4962 } 4963 4964 NamedDecl * 4965 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4966 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4967 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4968 bool &AddToScope) { 4969 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4970 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4971 4972 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4973 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4974 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4975 4976 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 4977 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 4978 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 4979 4980 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4981 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 4982 QualType NR = R; 4983 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 4984 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 4985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 4986 D.setInvalidType(); 4987 break; 4988 } 4989 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 4990 } 4991 4992 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4993 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4994 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4995 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4996 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4997 D.setInvalidType(); 4998 } 4999 } 5000 } 5001 5002 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5003 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5004 // an error here 5005 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5006 D.setInvalidType(); 5007 SC = SC_None; 5008 } 5009 5010 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5011 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5012 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5013 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5014 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5015 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5017 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5019 } 5020 5021 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5022 if (!II) { 5023 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5024 << Name; 5025 return 0; 5026 } 5027 5028 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5029 5030 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 5031 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5032 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5033 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 5034 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 5035 // is a GNU extension. 5036 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 5037 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 5038 else 5039 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5040 D.setInvalidType(); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 5044 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5045 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5046 // OpenCL __local address space. 5047 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5048 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5049 } 5050 5051 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5052 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5053 // space qualifiers. 5054 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5055 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5056 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5057 } 5058 5059 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5060 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5061 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5062 // address space qualifiers. 5063 if (R->isEventT()) { 5064 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 5065 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5066 D.setInvalidType(); 5067 } 5068 5069 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5070 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5071 D.setInvalidType(); 5072 } 5073 } 5074 } 5075 5076 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5077 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5078 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5079 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5080 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5081 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5082 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 5083 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5084 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5085 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5086 R, TInfo, SC); 5087 5088 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5089 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5090 } else { 5091 bool Invalid = false; 5092 5093 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5094 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5095 switch (SC) { 5096 case SC_None: 5097 break; 5098 case SC_Static: 5099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5100 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5101 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5102 break; 5103 case SC_Auto: 5104 case SC_Register: 5105 case SC_Extern: 5106 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5107 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5108 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5109 // of class members 5110 5111 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5112 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5113 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5114 break; 5115 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5116 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5117 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5118 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5119 } 5120 } 5121 5122 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5123 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5124 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5126 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5127 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5128 5129 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5130 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5131 if (RD->isUnion()) 5132 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5133 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5134 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5135 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5136 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5137 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5138 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5139 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5140 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5141 } 5142 } 5143 5144 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5145 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5146 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5147 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5148 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5149 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5150 5151 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5152 !TemplateParams) { 5153 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5154 5155 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5156 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5157 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5158 // too few of them). 5159 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5160 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5161 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5162 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5163 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5164 "template<> "); 5165 IsExplicitSpecialization = true; 5166 TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(), 5167 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 5168 SourceLocation()); 5169 } 5170 5171 if (TemplateParams) { 5172 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5173 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5174 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5175 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5176 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5177 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5178 << II 5179 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5180 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5181 TemplateParams = 0; 5182 } else { 5183 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5184 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5185 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5186 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5187 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5188 5189 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5190 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5191 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5192 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5193 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5194 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5195 // This is a template declaration. 5196 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5197 5198 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5199 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5200 return 0; 5201 } 5202 } 5203 } 5204 5205 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5206 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5207 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5208 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5209 : SourceLocation(); 5210 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5211 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5212 IsPartialSpecialization); 5213 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5214 return 0; 5215 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5216 AddToScope = false; 5217 } else 5218 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5219 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5220 5221 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5222 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5223 NewTemplate = 5224 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5225 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5226 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5227 } 5228 5229 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5230 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5231 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5232 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5233 5234 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5235 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5236 if (NewTemplate) 5237 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5238 } 5239 5240 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5241 5242 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5243 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5244 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5245 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5246 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5247 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5248 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5249 5250 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5251 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5252 } 5253 5254 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5255 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5256 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5257 if (NewTemplate) 5258 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5259 5260 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5261 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5262 5263 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5264 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5265 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5266 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5267 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5268 // explicitly. 5269 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5270 // 'extern'. 5271 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5272 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5273 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5274 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5275 else 5276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5277 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5278 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5279 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5281 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5282 else 5283 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5284 } 5285 5286 // C99 6.7.4p3 5287 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5288 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5289 // thread storage duration... 5290 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5291 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5292 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5293 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5294 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5295 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5296 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5297 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5298 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5300 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5301 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5302 } 5303 } 5304 5305 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5306 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5308 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5310 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5311 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5312 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5313 << 2 5314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5315 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5317 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5318 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5319 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5320 else { 5321 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5322 if (NewTemplate) 5323 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5324 } 5325 } 5326 5327 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5328 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5329 5330 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5331 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5332 5333 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5334 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5335 // storage [duration]." 5336 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5337 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5338 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5339 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5340 } 5341 } 5342 5343 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5344 // retainable type. 5345 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5346 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5347 5348 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5349 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5350 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5351 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5352 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5353 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5354 switch (SC) { 5355 case SC_None: 5356 case SC_Auto: 5357 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5358 break; 5359 case SC_Register: 5360 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5361 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5362 break; 5363 case SC_Static: 5364 case SC_Extern: 5365 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5366 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5367 break; 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5372 Context, Label, 0)); 5373 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5374 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5375 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5376 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5377 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5378 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5379 } 5380 } 5381 5382 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5383 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5384 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5385 5386 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5387 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5388 // declaration has linkage). 5389 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5390 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5391 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5392 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5393 5394 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5395 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5396 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5397 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5398 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5399 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5400 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5401 5402 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5403 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5404 } else { 5405 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5406 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5407 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5408 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5409 5410 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5411 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5412 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5413 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5414 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5415 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5416 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5417 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5418 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5419 Previous.clear(); 5420 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5421 } 5422 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5423 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5424 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5425 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5426 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5427 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5428 } 5429 5430 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5431 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5432 5433 if (NewTemplate) { 5434 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5435 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5436 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5437 : 0; 5438 5439 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5440 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5441 // template declaration. 5442 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5443 TemplateParams, 5444 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5445 : 0, 5446 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5447 DC->isDependentContext()) 5448 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5449 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5450 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5451 5452 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5453 // template, make a note of that. 5454 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5455 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5456 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5457 } 5458 } 5459 5460 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5461 5462 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5463 // the map of such variables. 5464 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5465 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5466 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5467 5468 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5469 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5470 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5471 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5472 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5473 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD)); 5474 } 5475 } 5476 5477 if (NewTemplate) { 5478 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5479 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5480 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5481 return NewTemplate; 5482 } 5483 5484 return NewVD; 5485 } 5486 5487 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5488 /// -Wshadow. 5489 /// 5490 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5491 /// scope. 5492 /// 5493 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5494 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5495 /// 5496 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5497 // Return if warning is ignored. 5498 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5499 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5500 return; 5501 5502 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5503 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5504 return; 5505 5506 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5507 5508 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5509 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5510 return; 5511 5512 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5513 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5514 return; 5515 5516 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5517 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5518 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5519 if (MD->isStatic()) 5520 return; 5521 5522 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5523 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5524 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5525 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5526 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5527 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5528 I != E; ++I) 5529 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5530 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5531 break; 5532 } 5533 } 5534 5535 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5536 5537 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5538 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5539 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5540 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5541 return; 5542 5543 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5544 // static data members from base classes? 5545 5546 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5547 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5548 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5549 } 5550 5551 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5552 unsigned Kind; 5553 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5554 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5555 Kind = 3; // field 5556 else 5557 Kind = 2; // static data member 5558 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5559 Kind = 1; // global 5560 else 5561 Kind = 0; // local 5562 5563 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5564 5565 // Emit warning and note. 5566 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5567 return; 5568 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5569 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5570 } 5571 5572 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5573 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5574 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5575 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5576 return; 5577 5578 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5579 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5580 LookupName(R, S); 5581 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5582 } 5583 5584 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5585 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5586 template<typename T> 5587 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5588 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5589 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5590 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5591 5592 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5593 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5594 // declaration. 5595 return false; 5596 } 5597 5598 if (Prev) { 5599 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5600 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5601 // redeclaration. 5602 Previous.clear(); 5603 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5604 return true; 5605 } 5606 5607 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5608 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5609 // declaration. 5610 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5611 return false; 5612 } else { 5613 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5614 // translation unit which might conflict. 5615 if (IsGlobal) { 5616 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5617 IsGlobal = false; 5618 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5619 I != E; ++I) { 5620 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5621 Prev = *I; 5622 break; 5623 } 5624 } 5625 } else { 5626 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5627 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5628 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5629 I != E; ++I) { 5630 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5631 Prev = *I; 5632 break; 5633 } 5634 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5635 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5636 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5637 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5638 // diagnostic. 5639 } 5640 } 5641 5642 if (!Prev) 5643 return false; 5644 } 5645 5646 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5647 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5648 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5649 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5650 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5651 else 5652 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5653 5654 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5655 << IsGlobal << ND; 5656 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5657 << IsGlobal; 5658 return false; 5659 } 5660 5661 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5662 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5663 /// 5664 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5665 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5666 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5667 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5668 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5669 template<typename T> 5670 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5671 LookupResult &Previous) { 5672 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5673 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5674 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5675 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5676 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5677 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5678 Previous.clear(); 5679 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5680 return true; 5681 } 5682 } 5683 return false; 5684 } 5685 5686 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5687 // declaration. 5688 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5689 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5690 5691 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5692 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5693 // in another scope. 5694 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5695 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5696 5697 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5698 return false; 5699 } 5700 5701 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5702 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5703 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5704 return; 5705 5706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5707 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5708 5709 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5710 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5711 return; 5712 5713 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5714 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5715 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5716 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5717 NewVD->setType(T); 5718 } 5719 5720 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5721 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5722 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5723 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5724 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5725 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5726 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5727 return; 5728 } 5729 5730 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5731 // __constant address space. 5732 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5733 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5734 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5735 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5736 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5737 return; 5738 } 5739 5740 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5741 // scope. 5742 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5743 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5744 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5745 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5746 return; 5747 } 5748 5749 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5750 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5751 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5752 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5753 else { 5754 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5755 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5756 } 5757 } 5758 5759 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5760 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5761 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5762 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5763 5764 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5765 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5766 bool SizeIsNegative; 5767 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5768 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5769 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5770 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5771 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5772 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5773 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5774 // int a[10][n]; 5775 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5776 5777 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5778 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5779 << SizeRange; 5780 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5781 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5782 << SizeRange; 5783 else 5784 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5785 << SizeRange; 5786 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5787 return; 5788 } 5789 5790 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5791 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5792 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5793 else 5794 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5795 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5796 return; 5797 } 5798 5799 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5800 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5801 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5802 } 5803 5804 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5805 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5806 // of objects and functions. 5807 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5808 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5809 << T; 5810 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5811 return; 5812 } 5813 } 5814 5815 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5817 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5818 return; 5819 } 5820 5821 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5822 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5823 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5824 return; 5825 } 5826 5827 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5828 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5829 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5830 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5831 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5832 return; 5833 } 5834 } 5835 5836 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5837 /// declaration. 5838 /// 5839 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5840 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5841 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5842 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5843 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5844 /// 5845 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5846 /// 5847 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5848 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5849 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5850 5851 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5852 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5853 return false; 5854 5855 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5856 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5857 if (Previous.empty() && 5858 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5859 Previous.setShadowed(); 5860 5861 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5862 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5863 5864 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5865 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5866 return true; 5867 } 5868 return false; 5869 } 5870 5871 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5872 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5873 Sema *S; 5874 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5875 }; 5876 5877 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5878 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5879 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5880 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5881 CXXBasePath &Path, 5882 void *UserData) { 5883 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5884 5885 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5886 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5887 5888 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5889 5890 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5891 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5892 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5893 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5894 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5895 5896 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5897 } 5898 5899 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5900 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5901 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5902 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5903 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5904 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5905 return true; 5906 } 5907 } 5908 5909 return false; 5910 } 5911 5912 namespace { 5913 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5914 } 5915 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5916 /// overriden methods. 5917 /// 5918 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5919 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5920 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5921 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5922 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5923 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5924 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5925 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5926 I != E; ++I) { 5927 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5928 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5929 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5930 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5931 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5932 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5933 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5934 } 5935 } 5936 5937 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5938 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5939 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5940 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5941 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5942 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5943 Data.Method = MD; 5944 Data.S = this; 5945 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5946 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5947 bool AddedAny = false; 5948 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5949 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5950 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5951 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5952 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5953 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5954 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5955 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5956 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5957 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5958 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5959 AddedAny = true; 5960 } 5961 } 5962 } 5963 } 5964 5965 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5966 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5967 } 5968 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5969 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5970 } 5971 5972 return AddedAny; 5973 } 5974 5975 namespace { 5976 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5977 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5978 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5979 Scope *S; 5980 Declarator &D; 5981 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5982 bool AddToScope; 5983 }; 5984 } 5985 5986 namespace { 5987 5988 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5989 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5990 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5991 public: 5992 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5993 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5994 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5995 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5996 5997 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5998 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5999 return false; 6000 6001 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6002 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6003 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6004 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6005 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6006 6007 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6008 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6009 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6010 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6011 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6012 return true; 6013 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6014 return true; 6015 } 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 return false; 6020 } 6021 6022 private: 6023 ASTContext &Context; 6024 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6025 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6026 }; 6027 6028 } 6029 6030 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6031 /// 6032 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6033 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6034 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6035 /// the same name. 6036 /// 6037 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6038 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6039 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6040 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6041 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6042 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6043 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6044 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6045 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6046 TypoCorrection Correction; 6047 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6048 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6049 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6050 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6051 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6052 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6053 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6054 6055 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6056 if (IsLocalFriend) 6057 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6058 else 6059 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6060 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6061 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6062 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6063 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6064 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6065 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6066 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6067 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6068 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6069 if (FD && 6070 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6071 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6072 // involve a parameter 6073 unsigned ParamNum = 6074 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6075 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6076 } 6077 } 6078 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6079 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6080 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6081 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6082 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6083 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6084 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6085 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6086 Previous.clear(); 6087 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6088 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6089 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6090 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6091 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6092 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6093 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6094 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6095 } 6096 } 6097 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6098 6099 NamedDecl *Result; 6100 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6101 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6102 { 6103 // Trap errors. 6104 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6105 6106 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6107 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6108 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6109 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6110 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6111 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6112 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6113 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6114 6115 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6116 Result = 0; 6117 } 6118 6119 if (Result) { 6120 // Determine which correction we picked. 6121 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6122 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6123 I != E; ++I) 6124 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6125 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6126 6127 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6128 Correction, 6129 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6130 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6131 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6132 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6133 return Result; 6134 } 6135 6136 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6137 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6138 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6139 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6140 Previous.clear(); 6141 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6142 } 6143 6144 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6145 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6146 6147 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6148 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6149 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6150 6151 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6152 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6153 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6154 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6155 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6156 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6157 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6158 6159 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6160 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6161 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6162 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6163 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6164 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6165 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6166 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6167 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6168 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6169 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6170 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6171 } else 6172 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6173 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6174 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6175 } 6176 return 0; 6177 } 6178 6179 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6180 Declarator &D) { 6181 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6182 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6183 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6184 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6185 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6186 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6187 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6188 D.setInvalidType(); 6189 break; 6190 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6191 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6192 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6193 return SC_None; 6194 return SC_Extern; 6195 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6196 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6197 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6198 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6199 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6200 // other than extern 6201 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6202 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6203 diag::err_static_block_func); 6204 break; 6205 } else 6206 return SC_Static; 6207 } 6208 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6209 } 6210 6211 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6212 return SC_None; 6213 } 6214 6215 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6216 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6217 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6218 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6219 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6220 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6221 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6222 6223 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6224 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6225 6226 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6227 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6228 // prototype. This true when: 6229 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6230 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6231 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6232 bool HasPrototype = 6233 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6234 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6235 6236 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6237 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6238 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6239 HasPrototype, false); 6240 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 6243 // Set the lexical context. 6244 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6245 6246 return NewFD; 6247 } 6248 6249 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6250 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6251 6252 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6253 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6254 // the class has been completely parsed. 6255 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6256 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6257 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6258 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6259 D.setInvalidType(); 6260 6261 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6262 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6263 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6264 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6265 6266 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6267 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6268 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6269 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6270 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6271 isConstexpr); 6272 6273 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6274 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6275 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6276 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6277 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6278 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6279 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6280 D.getLocStart(), 6281 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6282 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6283 6284 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6285 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6286 // it yet. 6287 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6288 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6289 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6290 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6291 } 6292 6293 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6294 return NewDD; 6295 6296 } else { 6297 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6298 D.setInvalidType(); 6299 6300 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6301 // code path. 6302 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6303 D.getLocStart(), 6304 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6305 SC, isInline, 6306 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6307 } 6308 6309 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6310 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6311 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6312 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6313 return 0; 6314 } 6315 6316 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6317 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6318 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6319 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6320 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6321 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6322 6323 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6324 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6325 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6326 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6327 // constructor if it has no return type). 6328 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6329 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6330 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6331 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6332 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6333 return 0; 6334 } 6335 6336 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6337 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6338 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6339 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6340 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6341 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6342 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6343 return Ret; 6344 } else { 6345 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6346 // prototype. This true when: 6347 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6348 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6349 D.getLocStart(), 6350 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6351 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6352 } 6353 } 6354 6355 enum OpenCLParamType { 6356 ValidKernelParam, 6357 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6358 PtrKernelParam, 6359 InvalidKernelParam, 6360 RecordKernelParam 6361 }; 6362 6363 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6364 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6365 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6366 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6367 } 6368 6369 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6370 // be used as builtin types. 6371 6372 if (PT->isImageType()) 6373 return PtrKernelParam; 6374 6375 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6376 return InvalidKernelParam; 6377 6378 if (PT->isEventT()) 6379 return InvalidKernelParam; 6380 6381 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6382 return InvalidKernelParam; 6383 6384 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6385 return RecordKernelParam; 6386 6387 return ValidKernelParam; 6388 } 6389 6390 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6391 Sema &S, 6392 Declarator &D, 6393 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6394 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6395 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6396 6397 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6398 // used again 6399 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6400 return; 6401 6402 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6403 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6404 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6405 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6406 // pointer to a pointer type. 6407 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6408 D.setInvalidType(); 6409 return; 6410 6411 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6412 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6413 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6414 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6415 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6416 6417 case InvalidKernelParam: 6418 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6419 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6420 // of event_t type. 6421 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6422 D.setInvalidType(); 6423 return; 6424 6425 case PtrKernelParam: 6426 case ValidKernelParam: 6427 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6428 return; 6429 6430 case RecordKernelParam: 6431 break; 6432 } 6433 6434 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6435 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6436 6437 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6438 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6439 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6440 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6441 6442 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6443 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6444 6445 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6446 6447 do { 6448 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6449 if (!Next) { 6450 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6451 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6452 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6453 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6454 6455 continue; 6456 } 6457 6458 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6459 // field itself) to the history stack. 6460 const RecordDecl *RD; 6461 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6462 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6463 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6464 } else { 6465 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6466 } 6467 6468 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6469 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6470 6471 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6472 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6473 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6474 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6475 6476 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6477 continue; 6478 6479 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6480 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6481 continue; 6482 6483 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6484 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6485 continue; 6486 } 6487 6488 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6489 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6490 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6491 // union. 6492 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6493 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6494 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6495 << PT->isUnionType() 6496 << PT; 6497 } else { 6498 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6499 } 6500 6501 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6502 << PD->getDeclName(); 6503 6504 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6505 // the offending field came from 6506 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6507 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6508 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6509 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6510 << OuterField->getType(); 6511 } 6512 6513 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6514 << QT->isPointerType() 6515 << QT; 6516 D.setInvalidType(); 6517 return; 6518 } 6519 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6520 } 6521 6522 NamedDecl* 6523 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6524 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6525 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6526 bool &AddToScope) { 6527 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6528 6529 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6530 6531 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6532 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6533 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6534 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6535 6536 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6537 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6538 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6539 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6540 6541 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6542 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6543 6544 bool isFriend = false; 6545 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6546 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6547 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6548 6549 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6550 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6551 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6552 6553 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6554 6555 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6556 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6557 6558 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6559 isVirtualOkay); 6560 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6561 6562 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6563 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6564 6565 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6566 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6567 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6568 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6569 6570 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6571 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6572 6573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6574 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6575 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6576 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6577 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6578 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6579 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6580 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6581 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6582 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6583 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6584 } 6585 6586 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6587 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6588 // return true). 6589 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6590 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6591 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6592 NewFD->setPure(true); 6593 } 6594 6595 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6596 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6597 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6598 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6599 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6600 6601 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6602 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6603 bool Invalid = false; 6604 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6605 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6606 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6607 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6608 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6609 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6610 // This is a function template 6611 6612 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6613 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6614 return 0; 6615 6616 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6617 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6618 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6619 return 0; 6620 } 6621 6622 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6623 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6624 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6625 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6626 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6627 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6628 Invalid = true; 6629 } 6630 6631 6632 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6633 NewFD->getLocation(), 6634 Name, TemplateParams, 6635 NewFD); 6636 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6637 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6638 6639 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6640 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6641 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6642 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6643 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6644 } 6645 } else { 6646 // This is a function template specialization. 6647 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6648 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6649 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6650 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6651 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6652 6653 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6654 if (isFriend) { 6655 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6656 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6657 6658 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6659 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6660 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6661 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6662 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6663 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6664 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6665 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6666 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6667 } 6668 6669 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6670 << Name << RemoveRange 6671 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6672 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6673 } 6674 } 6675 } 6676 else { 6677 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6678 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6679 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6680 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6681 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6682 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6683 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6684 } 6685 6686 if (Invalid) { 6687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6688 if (FunctionTemplate) 6689 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 } 6691 6692 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6693 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6694 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6695 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6696 // 6697 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6698 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6699 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6700 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6701 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6702 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6703 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6704 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6705 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6706 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6707 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6708 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6709 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6710 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6711 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6712 } else { 6713 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6714 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6715 } 6716 6717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6718 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6720 } 6721 6722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6723 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 6724 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 6725 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6726 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6727 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6728 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6729 // thing to do. 6730 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 6731 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 6732 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6733 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6734 QualType Result = 6735 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 6736 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 6737 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6738 } 6739 6740 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6741 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6742 // declaration. 6743 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6744 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6745 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6747 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6753 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6754 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6755 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6756 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6757 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6758 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6759 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6760 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6761 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6762 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6763 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6764 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6765 // or conversion function. 6766 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6767 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6769 } 6770 } 6771 6772 if (isConstexpr) { 6773 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6774 // are implicitly inline. 6775 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6776 6777 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6778 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6779 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6780 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6781 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6782 } 6783 6784 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6785 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6786 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6787 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6788 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6789 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6790 << 0 6791 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6792 } else { 6793 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6794 if (FunctionTemplate) 6795 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6796 } 6797 } 6798 6799 if (isFriend) { 6800 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6801 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6802 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6803 } 6804 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6805 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6806 } 6807 6808 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6809 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 6810 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 6811 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6812 case FDK_Declaration: 6813 case FDK_Definition: 6814 break; 6815 6816 case FDK_Defaulted: 6817 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6818 break; 6819 6820 case FDK_Deleted: 6821 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6822 break; 6823 } 6824 6825 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6826 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6827 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6828 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6829 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6830 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6831 } 6832 6833 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6834 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6835 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6836 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6837 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6838 // the class. 6839 6840 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6841 // member function definition. 6842 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6843 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6844 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6845 } 6846 6847 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6848 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6849 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6850 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6851 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6852 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6853 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6854 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6855 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6856 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 6857 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6862 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6863 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6864 isExplicitSpecialization || 6865 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6866 6867 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6868 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6869 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6870 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6871 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6872 SE->getString(), 0)); 6873 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6874 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6875 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6876 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6877 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6878 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6879 } 6880 } 6881 6882 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6883 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6884 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6885 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6886 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6887 6888 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6889 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6890 // single void argument. 6891 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6892 // already checks for that case. 6893 if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 && 6894 FTI.Params[0].Param && 6895 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6896 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6897 } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) { 6898 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 6899 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 6900 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6901 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6902 Params.push_back(Param); 6903 6904 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6905 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6906 } 6907 } 6908 6909 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6910 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6911 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6912 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6913 // 6914 // @code 6915 // typedef void fn(int); 6916 // fn f; 6917 // @endcode 6918 6919 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6920 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator AI = FT->param_type_begin(), 6921 AE = FT->param_type_end(); 6922 AI != AE; ++AI) { 6923 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6924 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6925 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6926 Params.push_back(Param); 6927 } 6928 } else { 6929 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6930 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6931 } 6932 6933 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6934 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6935 6936 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6937 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6938 // 6939 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6940 // 6941 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6942 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6943 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6944 6945 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6946 NewFD->addAttr( 6947 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6948 Context, 0)); 6949 6950 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6951 // because all functions have linkage. 6952 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6953 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6954 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6955 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6956 } 6957 6958 // Handle attributes. 6959 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 6960 6961 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 6962 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6963 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6964 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6965 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6966 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6967 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 6968 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 6969 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 6970 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 6971 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 6972 } 6973 6974 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6975 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 6976 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 6977 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 6978 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 6979 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 6980 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 6981 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6982 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 6983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 } 6985 } 6986 6987 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6988 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6989 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6990 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6991 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6992 6993 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 6994 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 6995 6996 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6997 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6998 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6999 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7000 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7001 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7002 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7003 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7004 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7005 } else { 7006 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7007 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7008 // 7009 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7010 // 7011 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7012 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7013 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7014 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7015 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7017 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7018 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7019 7020 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7021 // argument list into our AST format. 7022 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7023 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7024 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7025 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7026 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7027 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7028 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7029 TemplateArgs); 7030 7031 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7032 7033 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7034 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7035 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7036 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7037 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7038 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7039 7040 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7041 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7042 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7043 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7044 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7045 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7046 // too few of them). 7047 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7048 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7050 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7051 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7052 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7053 "template<> "); 7054 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7055 } else { 7056 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7057 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7058 } 7059 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7060 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7061 // wrote something like: 7062 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7063 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7064 // friend void foo<>(int); 7065 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7066 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7067 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7068 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7069 } 7070 7071 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7072 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7073 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7074 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7075 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7076 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7077 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7078 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7079 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7080 InstantiationDependent))) { 7081 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7082 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7083 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7084 Previous)) 7085 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7086 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7087 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7088 && !isFriend) { 7089 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7090 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7091 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7092 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7093 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7094 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7095 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7096 Previous)) 7097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7098 7099 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7100 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7101 // specialization (14.7.3) 7102 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7103 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7104 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7105 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7107 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7108 << SC 7109 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7110 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7111 7112 else 7113 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7114 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7116 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7117 } 7118 7119 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7120 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7121 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7122 } 7123 7124 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7125 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7126 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7127 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7128 7129 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7130 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7131 7132 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7133 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7134 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7135 } 7136 7137 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7138 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7139 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7140 7141 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7142 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7143 : NewFD); 7144 7145 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7146 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7147 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7148 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7149 7150 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7151 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7152 } 7153 7154 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7155 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7156 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7157 7158 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7159 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7160 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7161 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7162 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7163 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7164 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7165 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7166 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7167 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7168 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7169 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7170 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7171 DC->isDependentContext()) 7172 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7173 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7174 } 7175 7176 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7177 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7178 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7179 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7180 AddToScope }; 7181 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7182 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7183 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7184 7185 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7186 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7187 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7188 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7189 7190 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7191 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7192 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7193 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7194 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7195 // can actually do this check immediately. 7196 if (isFriend && 7197 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7198 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7199 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7200 // ignore these 7201 } else { 7202 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7203 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7204 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7205 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7206 // 7207 // class X { 7208 // void f() const; 7209 // }; 7210 // 7211 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7212 // 7213 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7214 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7215 // whether the parameter types are references). 7216 7217 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7218 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7219 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7220 return Result; 7221 } 7222 } 7223 7224 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7225 // to something. 7226 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7227 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7228 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7229 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7230 return Result; 7231 } 7232 } 7233 7234 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7235 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7236 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7237 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7238 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7239 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7240 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7241 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7242 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7243 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7244 // generate them. 7245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7246 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7247 } 7248 } 7249 7250 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7251 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7252 7253 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7254 7255 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7256 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7257 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7258 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7259 << NewFD; 7260 7261 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7262 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7263 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7264 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7265 EPI.Variadic = true; 7266 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7267 7268 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7269 NewFD->setType(R); 7270 } 7271 7272 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7273 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7274 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7275 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7276 7277 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7278 // marking the function. 7279 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7280 7281 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7282 // the map of such variables. 7283 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7284 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7285 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7286 7287 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7288 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7289 7290 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7291 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7292 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7293 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7294 return FunctionTemplate; 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7299 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7300 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7301 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7302 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7303 D.setInvalidType(); 7304 } 7305 7306 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7307 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7308 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7309 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7310 D.setInvalidType(); 7311 } 7312 7313 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7314 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 7315 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 7316 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 7317 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7318 } 7319 } 7320 7321 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7322 7323 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7324 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7325 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7326 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7327 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7328 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7329 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7330 7331 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 7335 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7336 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7337 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7338 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7339 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7340 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7341 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7342 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7343 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7344 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7345 AddToScope = false; 7346 } 7347 7348 return NewFD; 7349 } 7350 7351 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7352 /// 7353 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7354 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7355 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7356 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7357 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7358 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7359 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7360 /// 7361 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7362 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7363 /// 7364 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7365 /// 7366 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7367 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7368 LookupResult &Previous, 7369 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7370 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7371 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7372 7373 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7374 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7375 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7376 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7377 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7378 7379 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7380 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7381 7382 bool Redeclaration = false; 7383 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7384 7385 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7386 // the same name, if appropriate. 7387 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7388 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7389 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7390 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7391 // function to the scope. 7392 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7393 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7394 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7395 Redeclaration = true; 7396 OldDecl = Candidate; 7397 } 7398 } else { 7399 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7400 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7401 case Ovl_Match: 7402 Redeclaration = true; 7403 break; 7404 7405 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7406 Redeclaration = true; 7407 break; 7408 7409 case Ovl_Overload: 7410 Redeclaration = false; 7411 break; 7412 } 7413 7414 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7415 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7416 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7417 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7418 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7419 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7420 if (Redeclaration) 7421 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7422 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7423 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7424 if (OverloadedDecl) 7425 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7426 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7427 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7428 } 7429 } 7430 } 7431 7432 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7433 if (!Redeclaration && 7434 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7435 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7436 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7437 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7438 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7439 Redeclaration = true; 7440 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7441 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7442 7443 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7444 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7445 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7446 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7447 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7448 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7449 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7450 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7451 } 7452 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7453 Redeclaration = false; 7454 OldDecl = 0; 7455 } 7456 } 7457 } 7458 } 7459 7460 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7461 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7462 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7463 // 7464 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7465 // definition of a static member function. 7466 // 7467 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7468 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7469 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7470 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7471 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7472 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7473 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0; 7474 if (OldDecl) 7475 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7476 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7477 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7478 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7479 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7480 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7481 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7482 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7483 7484 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7485 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7486 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7487 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7488 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7489 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7490 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7491 7492 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7493 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7494 } 7495 } 7496 } 7497 7498 if (Redeclaration) { 7499 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7500 // merged. 7501 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7503 return Redeclaration; 7504 } 7505 7506 Previous.clear(); 7507 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7508 7509 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7510 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7511 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7512 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7513 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7514 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7515 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7516 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7517 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7518 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7519 } 7520 7521 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7522 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7523 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7524 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7525 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7526 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7527 } 7528 7529 } else { 7530 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7531 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7532 7533 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7534 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7535 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7536 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7537 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7538 7539 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7540 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7541 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7542 7543 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7544 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7545 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7546 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7547 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7548 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7549 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7550 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7551 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7552 } 7553 } 7554 } 7555 } 7556 } 7557 7558 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7560 // C++-specific checks. 7561 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7562 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7563 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7564 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7565 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7566 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7567 7568 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7569 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7570 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7571 DeclarationName Name 7572 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7573 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7574 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7575 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7576 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7577 return Redeclaration; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7581 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7582 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7583 } 7584 7585 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7586 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7587 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7588 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7589 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7590 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7591 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7592 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7593 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7594 } 7595 } 7596 } 7597 7598 if (Method->isStatic()) 7599 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7600 } 7601 7602 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7603 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7604 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7606 return Redeclaration; 7607 } 7608 7609 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7610 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7611 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7612 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7613 return Redeclaration; 7614 } 7615 7616 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7617 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7618 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7619 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7620 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7621 7622 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7623 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7624 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7625 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7626 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7627 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7628 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7629 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7630 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7631 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7636 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7637 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7638 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7639 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7640 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7641 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7642 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7643 << NewFD << R; 7644 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7645 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7646 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7647 } 7648 } 7649 return Redeclaration; 7650 } 7651 7652 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7653 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7654 if (!TSI) 7655 return SourceRange(); 7656 7657 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7658 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7659 if (!FunctionTL) 7660 return SourceRange(); 7661 7662 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc(); 7663 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7664 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7665 7666 return SourceRange(); 7667 } 7668 7669 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7670 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7671 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7672 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7673 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7674 // appear in a declaration of main. 7675 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7676 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7677 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7678 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7679 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7680 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7681 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7682 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7683 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7684 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7685 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7686 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7687 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7688 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7689 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7690 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7691 } 7692 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7693 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7694 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7695 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7696 } 7697 7698 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7699 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7700 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7701 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7702 return; 7703 } 7704 7705 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7706 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7707 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7708 7709 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7710 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7711 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7712 // set the flag which tells us that. 7713 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7714 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7715 7716 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7717 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7718 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7719 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7720 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7721 7722 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7723 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7724 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7725 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7726 7727 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7728 } else { 7729 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7730 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7731 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7732 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7733 else 7734 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7735 7736 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7737 } 7738 7739 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7740 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7741 7742 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7743 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 7744 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7745 7746 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7747 7748 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7749 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7750 // getting shifty. 7751 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7752 HasExtraParameters = false; 7753 7754 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7756 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7757 nparams = 3; 7758 } 7759 7760 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7761 // if we had some location information about types. 7762 7763 QualType CharPP = 7764 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7765 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7766 7767 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7768 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 7769 7770 bool mismatch = true; 7771 7772 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7773 mismatch = false; 7774 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7775 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7776 // char const ** 7777 // char const * const * 7778 // char * const * 7779 7780 QualifierCollector qs; 7781 const PointerType* PT; 7782 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7783 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7784 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7785 Context.CharTy)) { 7786 qs.removeConst(); 7787 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7788 } 7789 } 7790 7791 if (mismatch) { 7792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7793 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7794 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7795 } 7796 } 7797 7798 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7799 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7800 } 7801 7802 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7803 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7804 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7805 } 7806 } 7807 7808 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7809 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7810 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7811 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7812 7813 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7814 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7815 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7816 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7817 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 7818 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7819 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7820 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7821 7822 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7825 } 7826 } 7827 7828 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7829 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7830 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7831 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7832 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7833 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7834 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7835 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7836 // rules there don't matter.) 7837 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7838 return false; 7839 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7840 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7841 return true; 7842 } 7843 7844 namespace { 7845 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7846 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7847 class SelfReferenceChecker 7848 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7849 Sema &S; 7850 Decl *OrigDecl; 7851 bool isRecordType; 7852 bool isPODType; 7853 bool isReferenceType; 7854 7855 public: 7856 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7857 7858 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7859 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7860 isPODType = false; 7861 isRecordType = false; 7862 isReferenceType = false; 7863 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7864 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7865 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7866 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7867 } 7868 } 7869 7870 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7871 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7872 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7873 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7874 if (isReferenceType) 7875 return; 7876 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7877 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7878 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7879 return; 7880 } 7881 7882 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7883 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7884 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7885 return; 7886 } 7887 7888 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7889 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7890 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7891 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7892 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7893 return; 7894 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7895 } 7896 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7897 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7898 return; 7899 } 7900 } 7901 7902 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7903 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7904 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7905 if (isReferenceType) 7906 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7907 } 7908 7909 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7910 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7911 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7912 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7913 7914 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7915 } 7916 7917 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7918 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7919 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7920 7921 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7922 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7923 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7924 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7925 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7926 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7927 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7928 Warn = false; 7929 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7930 } 7931 7932 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7933 if (Warn) 7934 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7935 return; 7936 } 7937 7938 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7939 // Visit that expression. 7940 Visit(Base); 7941 } 7942 7943 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7944 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7945 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7946 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7947 7948 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7949 } 7950 7951 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7952 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7953 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7954 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7955 if (!isPODType) 7956 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7957 return; 7958 } 7959 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7960 } 7961 7962 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7963 7964 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7965 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7966 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7967 unsigned diag; 7968 if (isReferenceType) { 7969 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7970 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7971 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7972 } else { 7973 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7974 } 7975 7976 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7977 S.PDiag(diag) 7978 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7979 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7980 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7981 } 7982 }; 7983 7984 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7985 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7986 bool DirectInit) { 7987 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7988 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7989 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7990 return; 7991 7992 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7993 7994 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7995 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7996 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7997 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7998 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7999 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8000 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8001 return; 8002 8003 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8008 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8009 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8010 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8011 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8012 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8013 // the initializer. 8014 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8015 return; 8016 8017 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8018 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8019 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8020 // Thus this grotesque test. 8021 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8022 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8023 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8024 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8025 else { 8026 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8027 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8028 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8029 } 8030 return; 8031 } 8032 8033 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8034 if (!VDecl) { 8035 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8036 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8037 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8038 return; 8039 } 8040 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8041 8042 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8043 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8044 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8045 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8046 // contains exactly one expression. 8047 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8048 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8049 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8050 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8051 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8052 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8053 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8054 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8055 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8056 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8057 return; 8058 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8059 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8060 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8061 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8062 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8063 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8064 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8065 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8066 return; 8067 } else { 8068 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8069 } 8070 } 8071 8072 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8073 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8074 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8075 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8076 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8077 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8078 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8079 return; 8080 } 8081 Init = Result.take(); 8082 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8083 } 8084 8085 QualType DeducedType; 8086 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8087 DAR_Failed) 8088 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8089 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8090 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8091 return; 8092 } 8093 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8094 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8095 8096 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8097 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8098 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8099 8100 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8101 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8102 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8103 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8104 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8105 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8106 SourceLocation Loc = 8107 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8108 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8109 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8110 } 8111 8112 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8113 // the previously declared type. 8114 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8115 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8116 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8117 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8118 } 8119 8120 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8121 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8122 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8123 return; 8124 } 8125 8126 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8127 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8128 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8130 return; 8131 } 8132 8133 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8134 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8135 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8136 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8137 return; 8138 } 8139 8140 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8141 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8142 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8143 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8144 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8145 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8146 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8147 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8148 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8149 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8150 return; 8151 } 8152 8153 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8154 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8155 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8156 AbstractVariableType)) 8157 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8158 } 8159 8160 const VarDecl *Def; 8161 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8162 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8163 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8164 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8165 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8166 return; 8167 } 8168 8169 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8170 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8171 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8172 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8173 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8174 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8175 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8176 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8177 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8178 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8179 // 8180 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8181 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8182 // declaration with an initializer. 8183 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8184 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8185 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8186 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8187 return; 8188 } 8189 8190 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8191 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8192 8193 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8194 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8195 return; 8196 } 8197 } 8198 8199 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8200 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8201 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8202 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8203 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8204 return; 8205 } 8206 8207 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8208 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8209 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8210 8211 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8212 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8213 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8214 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8215 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8216 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8217 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8218 return; 8219 } 8220 Init = Result.take(); 8221 } 8222 8223 // Perform the initialization. 8224 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8225 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8226 InitializationKind Kind 8227 = DirectInit ? 8228 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8229 Init->getLocStart(), 8230 Init->getLocEnd()) 8231 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8232 VDecl->getLocation()) 8233 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8234 Init->getLocStart()); 8235 8236 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8237 if (CXXDirectInit) 8238 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8239 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8240 8241 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8242 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8243 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8244 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8245 return; 8246 } 8247 8248 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8249 } 8250 8251 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8252 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8253 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8254 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8255 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8256 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8257 } 8258 8259 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8260 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8261 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8262 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8263 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8264 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8265 8266 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8267 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8268 8269 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8270 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8271 8272 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8273 // Although this code can still have problems: 8274 // id x = self.weakProp; 8275 // id y = self.weakProp; 8276 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8277 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8278 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8279 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8280 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8281 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8282 Init->getLocStart()); 8283 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8284 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8285 } 8286 } 8287 8288 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8289 // 8290 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8291 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8292 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8293 // 8294 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8295 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8296 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8297 // 8298 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8299 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8300 false, 8301 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8302 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8303 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8304 return; 8305 } 8306 Init = Result.take(); 8307 8308 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8309 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8310 8311 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8312 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8313 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8314 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8316 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8317 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8318 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8319 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8320 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8321 // constant expressions. 8322 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8323 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8324 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8325 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8326 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8327 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8328 } 8329 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8330 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8331 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8332 // 8333 // struct S { 8334 // static const int value = 17; 8335 // }; 8336 8337 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8338 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8339 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8340 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8341 // 8342 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8343 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8344 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8345 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8346 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8347 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8348 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8349 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8350 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8351 8352 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8353 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8354 8355 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8356 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8357 // type. 8358 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8359 8360 // Require constness. 8361 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8362 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8363 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8364 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8365 8366 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8367 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8368 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8369 SourceLocation Loc; 8370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8371 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8372 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8373 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8374 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8375 ; // Nothing to check. 8376 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8377 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8378 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8379 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8380 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8381 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8382 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8383 } else { 8384 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8385 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8387 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8388 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8389 } 8390 8391 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8392 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8393 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8394 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8396 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8397 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8398 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8399 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8400 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8401 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8402 } else { 8403 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8404 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8405 8406 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8407 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8408 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8409 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8410 } 8411 } 8412 8413 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8414 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8415 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8416 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8417 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8418 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8419 8420 } else { 8421 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8422 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8423 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8424 } 8425 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8426 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8427 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8428 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8429 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8430 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8431 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8432 8433 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8434 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8435 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8436 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8437 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8438 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8439 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8440 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8441 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8442 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8443 // initialization. 8444 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8445 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8446 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8448 } 8449 } 8450 8451 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8452 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8453 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8454 // 8455 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8456 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8457 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8458 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8459 // special case code. 8460 8461 // C++ 8.5p11: 8462 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8463 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8464 // class type. 8465 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8466 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8467 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8468 } else if (DirectInit) { 8469 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8470 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8471 } 8472 8473 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8474 } 8475 8476 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8477 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8478 /// of sanity. 8479 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8480 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8481 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8482 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8483 8484 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8485 if (!VD) return; 8486 8487 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8488 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8489 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8490 return; 8491 } 8492 8493 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8494 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8495 8496 // Require a complete type. 8497 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8498 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8499 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8500 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8501 return; 8502 } 8503 8504 // Require an abstract type. 8505 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8506 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8507 AbstractVariableType)) { 8508 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8509 return; 8510 } 8511 8512 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8513 // though. 8514 } 8515 8516 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8517 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8518 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8519 if (RealDecl == 0) 8520 return; 8521 8522 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8523 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8524 8525 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8526 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8527 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8528 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8529 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8530 return; 8531 } 8532 8533 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8534 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8535 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8536 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8537 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8538 // member. 8539 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8540 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8541 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8542 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8543 << Var->getDeclName(); 8544 else 8545 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8546 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8547 return; 8548 } 8549 8550 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8551 // be initialized. 8552 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8553 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8554 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8555 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 return; 8558 } 8559 8560 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8561 case VarDecl::Definition: 8562 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8563 break; 8564 8565 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8566 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8567 // a declaration. 8568 // 8569 // Fall through 8570 8571 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8572 // It's only a declaration. 8573 8574 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8575 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8576 // object shall be complete. 8577 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8578 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8579 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8580 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8581 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8582 8583 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8584 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8585 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8586 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8587 AbstractVariableType)) 8588 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8589 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8590 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8591 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8592 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8593 } 8594 8595 return; 8596 8597 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8598 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8599 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8600 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8601 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8602 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8603 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8604 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8605 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8606 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8607 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8608 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8609 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8610 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8611 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8612 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8613 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8614 // NOTE: code such as the following 8615 // static struct s; 8616 // struct s { int a; }; 8617 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8618 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8619 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8620 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8621 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8622 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8623 } 8624 } 8625 8626 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8627 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8628 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8629 return; 8630 } 8631 8632 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8633 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8634 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8635 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8636 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8637 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8638 return; 8639 } 8640 8641 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8642 // definitions with reference type. 8643 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8644 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8645 << Var->getDeclName() 8646 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8647 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8648 return; 8649 } 8650 8651 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8652 // variable with dependent type. 8653 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8654 return; 8655 8656 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8657 return; 8658 8659 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8660 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8661 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8662 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8663 return; 8664 } 8665 8666 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8667 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8668 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8669 AbstractVariableType)) { 8670 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8671 return; 8672 } 8673 8674 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8675 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8676 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8677 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8678 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8679 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8680 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8681 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8682 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8683 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8684 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8685 if (const RecordType *Record 8686 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8687 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8688 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8689 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8690 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8691 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8692 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8693 } 8694 } 8695 8696 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8697 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8698 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8699 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8700 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8701 // type shall have a user-declared default 8702 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8703 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8704 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8705 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8706 // program is ill-formed. 8707 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8708 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8709 // default-initialized; [...]. 8710 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8711 InitializationKind Kind 8712 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8713 8714 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8715 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8716 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8717 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8718 else if (Init.get()) { 8719 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8720 // This is important for template substitution. 8721 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8722 } 8723 8724 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8725 } 8726 } 8727 8728 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8729 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8730 if (!VD) { 8731 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8732 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8733 return; 8734 } 8735 8736 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8737 8738 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8739 int Error = -1; 8740 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8741 case SC_None: 8742 break; 8743 case SC_Extern: 8744 Error = 0; 8745 break; 8746 case SC_Static: 8747 Error = 1; 8748 break; 8749 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8750 Error = 2; 8751 break; 8752 case SC_Auto: 8753 Error = 3; 8754 break; 8755 case SC_Register: 8756 Error = 4; 8757 break; 8758 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8759 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8760 } 8761 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8762 Error = 5; 8763 if (Error != -1) { 8764 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8765 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8766 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8767 } 8768 } 8769 8770 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8771 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8772 8773 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8774 // local retaining variable. 8775 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8776 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8777 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8778 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8779 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8780 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8781 break; 8782 8783 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8784 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8785 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8786 break; 8787 } 8788 } 8789 8790 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 8791 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 8792 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 8793 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 8794 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 8795 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8796 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8797 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8798 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8799 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8800 var->getLocation())) { 8801 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8802 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8803 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8804 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8805 8806 if (!prev) 8807 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8808 } 8809 8810 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8811 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8812 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8813 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8814 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8815 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8817 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8818 } 8819 8820 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8821 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8822 8823 QualType type = var->getType(); 8824 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8825 8826 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8827 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8828 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8829 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8830 8831 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8832 // constructing this copy. 8833 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8834 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8835 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8836 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8837 ExprResult result 8838 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8839 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8840 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8841 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8842 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8843 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8844 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8845 } 8846 } 8847 } 8848 8849 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8850 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8851 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8852 8853 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8854 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8855 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8856 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8857 var->getLocation()) 8858 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8859 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8860 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8861 // warned about them. 8862 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8863 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8864 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8865 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8866 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8867 } 8868 8869 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8870 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8871 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8872 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8873 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8874 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8875 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8876 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8877 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8878 Notes.clear(); 8879 } 8880 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8881 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8882 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8883 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8884 } 8885 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8886 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8887 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8888 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8889 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8890 } 8891 } 8892 8893 // Require the destructor. 8894 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8895 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8896 } 8897 8898 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8899 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8900 void 8901 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8902 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8903 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8904 8905 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8906 if (!VD) 8907 return; 8908 8909 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 8910 8911 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 8912 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8913 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 8914 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 8915 } 8916 } 8917 8918 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 8919 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 8920 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 8921 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8922 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 8923 << VD->getDeclName(); 8924 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8925 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8926 } 8927 } 8928 } 8929 8930 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8931 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8932 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8933 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8934 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8935 8936 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8937 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8938 8939 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8940 // tag values. 8941 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8942 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8943 return; 8944 8945 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8946 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8947 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8948 I != E; ++I) { 8949 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8950 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8951 continue; 8952 } 8953 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8954 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8955 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8956 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8957 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8958 continue; 8959 } 8960 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8961 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8962 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8963 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8964 continue; 8965 } 8966 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8967 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8968 MagicValue, 8969 I->getMatchingCType(), 8970 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8971 I->getMustBeNull()); 8972 } 8973 } 8974 8975 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8976 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8977 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8978 8979 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8980 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8981 8982 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 8983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8984 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 8985 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 8986 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 8987 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 8988 Decls.push_back(D); 8989 } 8990 8991 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8992 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 8993 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 8994 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 8995 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 8996 } 8997 } 8998 8999 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9000 } 9001 9002 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9003 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9004 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9005 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9006 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9007 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9008 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9009 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9010 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9011 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9012 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9013 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9014 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9015 QualType Deduced; 9016 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9017 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 9018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9019 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9020 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9021 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9022 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9023 break; 9024 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9025 if (!U.isNull()) { 9026 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9027 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9028 Deduced = U; 9029 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9030 DeducedDecl = D; 9031 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9032 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9033 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9034 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9035 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9036 << U << D->getDeclName() 9037 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9038 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9039 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9040 break; 9041 } 9042 } 9043 } 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9048 9049 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9050 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9051 } 9052 9053 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9054 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9055 } 9056 9057 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9058 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9059 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9060 return; 9061 9062 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9063 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9064 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9065 return; 9066 9067 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9068 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9069 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9070 // additional declaration references: 9071 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9072 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9073 // 'struct S *pS;' 9074 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9075 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9076 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9077 Group = Group.slice(1); 9078 } 9079 } 9080 9081 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9082 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9083 if (!Comments.empty() && 9084 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9085 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9086 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9087 // 9088 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9089 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9090 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9091 // ahead through comments. 9092 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9093 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9094 } 9095 } 9096 9097 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9098 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9099 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9100 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9101 9102 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9103 9104 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9105 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9106 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9107 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9108 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9109 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9110 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9111 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9112 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9113 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9114 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9115 } 9116 9117 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9118 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9119 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9120 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9121 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9122 << 0; 9123 9124 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9125 9126 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9127 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9128 9129 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9130 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9131 // parameter. 9132 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9133 9134 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9135 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9136 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9137 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9138 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9139 } 9140 } 9141 9142 // Ensure we have a valid name 9143 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9144 if (D.hasName()) { 9145 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9146 if (!II) { 9147 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9148 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9149 D.setInvalidType(true); 9150 } 9151 } 9152 9153 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9154 if (II) { 9155 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9156 ForRedeclaration); 9157 LookupName(R, S); 9158 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9159 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9160 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9161 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9162 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9163 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9164 PrevDecl = 0; 9165 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9167 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9168 9169 // Recover by removing the name 9170 II = 0; 9171 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9172 D.setInvalidType(true); 9173 } 9174 } 9175 } 9176 9177 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9178 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9179 // looking like class members in C++. 9180 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9181 D.getLocStart(), 9182 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9183 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9184 StorageClass); 9185 9186 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9187 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9188 9189 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9190 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9191 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9192 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9193 9194 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9195 S->AddDecl(New); 9196 if (II) 9197 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9198 9199 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9200 9201 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9202 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9203 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9204 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9205 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9206 9207 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9208 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9209 } 9210 return New; 9211 } 9212 9213 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9214 /// typedef. 9215 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9216 SourceLocation Loc, 9217 QualType T) { 9218 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9219 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9220 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9221 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9222 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9223 SC_None, 0); 9224 Param->setImplicit(); 9225 return Param; 9226 } 9227 9228 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9229 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9230 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9231 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9232 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9233 return; 9234 9235 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9236 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9237 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9238 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9239 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9240 } 9241 } 9242 } 9243 9244 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9245 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9246 QualType ReturnTy, 9247 NamedDecl *D) { 9248 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9249 return; 9250 9251 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9252 // threshold. 9253 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9254 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9255 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9256 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9257 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9258 } 9259 9260 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9261 // threshold. 9262 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9263 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9264 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9265 continue; 9266 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9267 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9268 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9269 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9270 } 9271 } 9272 9273 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9274 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9275 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9276 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9277 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9278 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9279 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9280 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9281 9282 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9283 9284 // Special cases for arrays: 9285 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9286 // - otherwise, it's an error 9287 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9288 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9289 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9290 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9291 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9292 } 9293 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9294 } else { 9295 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9296 } 9297 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9298 } 9299 9300 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9301 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9302 TSInfo, 9303 StorageClass, 0); 9304 9305 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9306 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9307 // the class has been completely parsed. 9308 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9309 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9310 AbstractParamType)) 9311 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9312 9313 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9314 // passed by reference. 9315 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9316 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9317 Diag(NameLoc, 9318 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9319 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9320 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9321 New->setType(T); 9322 } 9323 9324 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9325 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9326 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9327 // an address space. 9328 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9329 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9330 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9331 } 9332 9333 return New; 9334 } 9335 9336 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9337 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9338 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9339 9340 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9341 // for a K&R function. 9342 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9343 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9344 --i; 9345 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) { 9346 SmallString<256> Code; 9347 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9348 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9349 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9350 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9351 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9352 9353 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9354 // type. 9355 AttributeFactory attrs; 9356 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9357 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9358 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9359 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9360 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9361 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9362 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9363 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9364 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9365 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9366 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9367 } 9368 } 9369 } 9370 } 9371 9372 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9373 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9374 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9375 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9376 9377 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9378 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9379 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9380 } 9381 9382 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9383 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9384 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9385 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9386 return false; 9387 9388 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9389 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9390 return false; 9391 9392 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9393 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9394 return false; 9395 9396 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9397 if (FD->isMain()) 9398 return false; 9399 9400 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9401 if (FD->isInlined()) 9402 return false; 9403 9404 // Don't warn about function templates. 9405 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9406 return false; 9407 9408 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9409 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9410 return false; 9411 9412 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9413 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9414 return false; 9415 9416 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9417 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9418 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9419 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9420 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9421 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9422 continue; 9423 9424 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9425 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9426 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9427 break; 9428 } 9429 9430 return MissingPrototype; 9431 } 9432 9433 void 9434 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9435 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9436 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9437 // was an extern inline function. 9438 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9439 if (!Definition) 9440 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9441 return; 9442 9443 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9444 return; 9445 9446 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9447 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9448 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9449 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9450 else 9451 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9452 9453 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9454 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9455 } 9456 9457 9458 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9459 Sema &S) { 9460 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9461 9462 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9463 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9464 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9465 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9466 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9467 9468 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9469 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9470 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9471 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9472 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9473 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9474 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9475 9476 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9477 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9478 9479 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9480 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9481 for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(), 9482 CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) { 9483 if (C->capturesVariable()) { 9484 VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar(); 9485 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9486 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9487 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9488 const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9489 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9490 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(), 9491 /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion() 9492 ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9493 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0); 9494 9495 } else if (C->capturesThis()) { 9496 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(), 9497 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0); 9498 } 9499 } 9500 } 9501 9502 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9503 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9504 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9505 9506 if (!D) 9507 return D; 9508 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9509 9510 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9511 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9512 else 9513 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9514 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9515 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9516 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9517 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9518 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9519 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9520 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9521 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9522 // have the LSI properly restored. 9523 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9524 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9525 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9526 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9527 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9528 } 9529 else 9530 // Enter a new function scope 9531 PushFunctionScope(); 9532 9533 // See if this is a redefinition. 9534 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9535 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9536 9537 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9538 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9539 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9540 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9542 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9543 } 9544 } 9545 9546 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9547 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9548 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9549 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9550 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9551 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9552 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9553 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 9555 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9556 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9557 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9558 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9559 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9560 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9561 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9562 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9563 9564 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9565 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9566 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9567 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9568 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9569 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9570 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9571 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9572 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9573 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9574 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9575 } 9576 } 9577 } 9578 9579 if (FnBodyScope) 9580 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9581 9582 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9583 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9584 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9585 9586 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9587 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 9588 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 9589 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9590 9591 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9592 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9593 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9594 9595 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9596 } 9597 } 9598 9599 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9600 // introduce them into the function scope. 9601 if (FnBodyScope) { 9602 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9603 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9604 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9605 I != E; ++I) { 9606 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9607 9608 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9609 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9610 // and reattach to the current context. 9611 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9612 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9613 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 9614 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 9615 if (*DI == D) { 9616 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9617 break; 9618 } 9619 } 9620 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9621 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9622 } 9623 9624 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9625 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9626 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9627 9628 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9629 // accessible in this scope. 9630 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9631 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9632 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9633 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9634 } 9635 } 9636 } 9637 9638 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9639 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9640 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9641 9642 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9643 // dllimport attribute. 9644 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9645 if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9646 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9647 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9648 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9649 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9650 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9651 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9652 << DA; 9653 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9654 return D; 9655 } 9656 9657 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9658 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9659 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9660 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9661 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9662 // emitted. 9663 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9664 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9665 << FD << DA; 9666 } 9667 } 9668 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9669 // a function template). 9670 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9671 return D; 9672 } 9673 9674 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9675 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9676 /// optimization. 9677 /// 9678 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9679 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9680 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9681 /// use the named return value optimization. 9682 /// 9683 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9684 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9685 /// the NRVO variable. 9686 /// 9687 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9688 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9689 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9690 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9691 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9692 9693 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9694 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9695 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9696 return; 9697 9698 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9699 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9700 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9701 return; 9702 } 9703 9704 if (NRVOCandidate) 9705 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9706 } 9707 9708 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9709 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9710 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9711 // rest of the file. 9712 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9713 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9714 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 9715 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9716 return false; 9717 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 9718 } 9719 9720 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9721 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9722 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9723 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9724 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9725 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9726 } 9727 9728 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9729 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9730 } 9731 9732 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9733 bool IsInstantiation) { 9734 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0; 9735 9736 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9737 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9738 9739 if (FD) { 9740 FD->setBody(Body); 9741 9742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9743 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9744 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9745 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9746 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9747 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9748 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9749 << FD->getReturnType(); 9750 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9751 } else { 9752 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9753 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9754 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 9755 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9756 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9757 } 9758 } 9759 9760 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9761 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9762 // is the first declaration. 9763 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9764 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9765 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9766 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9767 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9768 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9769 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9770 } 9771 9772 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9773 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9774 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9775 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9776 9777 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9778 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 9779 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9781 9782 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9783 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9784 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9785 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 9786 9787 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9788 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9789 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9790 9791 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9792 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9793 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9794 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 9795 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9796 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9797 } 9798 9799 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9800 "Function parsing confused"); 9801 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9802 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9803 MD->setBody(Body); 9804 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9805 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9806 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9807 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 9808 9809 if (Body) 9810 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9811 } 9812 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9813 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9814 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9815 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9816 } 9817 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 9818 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0; 9819 bool isDesignated = 9820 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 9821 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 9822 (void)isDesignated; 9823 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 9824 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 9825 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 9826 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 9827 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 9828 } 9829 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 9830 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 9831 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 9832 } 9833 } else { 9834 return 0; 9835 } 9836 9837 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9838 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9839 "handled in the block above."); 9840 9841 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9842 if (Body) { 9843 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9844 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9845 // Verify this. 9846 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9847 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9848 9849 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9850 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9851 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9852 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9853 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9854 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9855 9856 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9857 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9858 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9859 9860 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9861 Destructor->getParent()); 9862 } 9863 9864 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9865 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9866 // deletion in some later function. 9867 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9868 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9869 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9870 } 9871 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9872 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9873 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9874 // enabled. 9875 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9876 } 9877 9878 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9879 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9880 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9881 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9882 9883 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9884 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9885 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9886 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9887 } 9888 9889 if (!IsInstantiation) 9890 PopDeclContext(); 9891 9892 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9893 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9894 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9895 // deletion in some later function. 9896 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9897 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9898 } 9899 9900 return dcl; 9901 } 9902 9903 9904 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9905 /// relevant Decl. 9906 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9907 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9908 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9909 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9910 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9911 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9912 9913 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9914 if (Method->isStatic()) 9915 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9916 } 9917 9918 9919 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9920 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9921 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9922 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9923 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9924 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9925 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9926 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9927 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9928 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9929 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9930 return ExternCPrev; 9931 } 9932 9933 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9934 unsigned diag_id; 9935 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9936 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9937 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9938 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9939 else 9940 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9941 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9942 9943 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9944 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9945 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9946 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9947 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9948 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9949 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 9950 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 9951 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 9952 } 9953 9954 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9955 const char *Dummy; 9956 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9957 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9958 unsigned DiagID; 9959 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 9960 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9961 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9962 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9963 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9964 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9965 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9966 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9967 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9968 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9969 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9970 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9971 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9972 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9973 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9974 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9975 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9976 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9977 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9978 EST_None, 9979 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9980 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9981 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9982 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9983 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9984 Loc, Loc, D), 9985 DS.getAttributes(), 9986 SourceLocation()); 9987 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9988 9989 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9990 9991 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9992 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9993 9994 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9995 FD->setImplicit(); 9996 9997 CurContext = PrevDC; 9998 9999 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10000 10001 return FD; 10002 } 10003 10004 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10005 /// the declaration of this function. 10006 /// 10007 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10008 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10009 /// like NSLog or printf. 10010 /// 10011 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10012 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10013 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10014 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10015 return; 10016 10017 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10018 // actual attributes. 10019 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10020 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10021 unsigned FormatIdx; 10022 bool HasVAListArg; 10023 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10024 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10025 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10026 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10027 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10028 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10029 fmt = "NSString"; 10030 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10031 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10032 FormatIdx+1, 10033 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10034 FD->getLocation())); 10035 } 10036 } 10037 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10038 HasVAListArg)) { 10039 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10040 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10041 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10042 FormatIdx+1, 10043 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10044 FD->getLocation())); 10045 } 10046 10047 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10048 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10049 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10050 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10051 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10052 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10053 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10054 } 10055 10056 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10057 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10058 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10059 FD->getLocation())); 10060 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10061 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10062 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10063 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10064 } 10065 10066 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10067 if (!Name) 10068 return; 10069 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10070 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10071 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10072 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10073 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10074 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10075 // about. 10076 } else 10077 return; 10078 10079 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10080 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10081 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10082 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10083 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10084 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10085 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10086 FD->getLocation())); 10087 } 10088 10089 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10090 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10091 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10092 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10093 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10094 FD->getLocation())); 10095 } 10096 } 10097 10098 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10099 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10100 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10101 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10102 10103 if (!TInfo) { 10104 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10105 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10106 } 10107 10108 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10109 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10110 D.getLocStart(), 10111 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10112 D.getIdentifier(), 10113 TInfo); 10114 10115 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10116 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10117 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10118 return NewTD; 10119 } 10120 10121 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10122 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10123 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10124 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10125 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10126 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10127 else 10128 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10129 } 10130 10131 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10132 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10133 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10134 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10135 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10136 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10137 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10138 case TST_enum: 10139 case TST_struct: 10140 case TST_interface: 10141 case TST_union: 10142 case TST_class: { 10143 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10144 10145 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10146 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10147 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10148 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10149 10150 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10151 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10152 10153 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10154 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10155 break; 10156 10157 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10158 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10159 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10160 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10161 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10162 // for how to handle it. 10163 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10164 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10165 10166 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10167 tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(), 10168 getLangOpts()); 10169 10170 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10171 textToInsert += ' '; 10172 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10173 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10174 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10175 break; 10176 } 10177 10178 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10179 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10180 break; 10181 } 10182 10183 default: 10184 break; 10185 } 10186 10187 return NewTD; 10188 } 10189 10190 10191 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10192 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10193 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10194 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10195 10196 if (T->isDependentType()) 10197 return false; 10198 10199 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10200 if (BT->isInteger()) 10201 return false; 10202 10203 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10204 return true; 10205 } 10206 10207 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10208 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10209 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10210 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10211 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10212 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10213 10214 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10215 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10216 << Prev->isScoped(); 10217 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10218 return true; 10219 } 10220 10221 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10222 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10223 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10224 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10225 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10226 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10227 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10228 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10229 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10230 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10231 return true; 10232 } 10233 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10234 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10235 << Prev->isFixed(); 10236 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10237 return true; 10238 } 10239 10240 return false; 10241 } 10242 10243 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10244 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10245 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10246 /// 10247 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10248 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10249 switch (Tag) { 10250 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10251 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10252 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10253 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10254 } 10255 } 10256 10257 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10258 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10259 /// 10260 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10261 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10262 { 10263 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10264 } 10265 10266 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10267 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10268 /// 10269 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10270 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10271 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10272 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10273 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10274 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10275 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10276 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10277 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10278 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10279 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10280 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10281 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10282 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10283 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10284 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10285 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10286 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10287 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10288 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10289 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10290 return true; 10291 10292 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10293 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10294 bool isTemplate = false; 10295 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10296 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10297 10298 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10299 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10300 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10301 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10302 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10303 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10304 return true; 10305 } 10306 10307 if (isDefinition) { 10308 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10309 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10310 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10311 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10312 return true; 10313 } 10314 10315 bool previousMismatch = false; 10316 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 10317 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 10318 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10319 if (!previousMismatch) { 10320 previousMismatch = true; 10321 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10322 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10323 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10324 } 10325 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10326 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10327 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10328 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10329 } 10330 } 10331 return true; 10332 } 10333 10334 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10335 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10336 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10337 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10338 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10339 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10340 return true; 10341 } 10342 10343 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10344 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10345 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10346 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10347 10348 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10349 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10350 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10351 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10352 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10353 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10354 } 10355 10356 return true; 10357 } 10358 return false; 10359 } 10360 10361 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10362 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10363 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10364 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10365 /// 10366 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10367 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10368 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10369 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10370 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10371 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10372 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10373 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10374 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10375 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10376 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10377 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10378 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10379 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10380 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10381 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10382 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10383 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10384 10385 OwnedDecl = false; 10386 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10387 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10388 10389 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10390 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10391 bool Invalid = false; 10392 10393 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10394 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10395 // for non-C++ cases. 10396 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10397 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10398 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10399 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10400 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10401 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10402 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10403 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10404 return 0; 10405 } 10406 10407 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10408 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10409 // be a member of another template). 10410 10411 if (Invalid) 10412 return 0; 10413 10414 OwnedDecl = false; 10415 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10416 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10417 TemplateParams, AS, 10418 ModulePrivateLoc, 10419 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10420 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10421 return Result.get(); 10422 } else { 10423 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10424 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10425 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10426 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10427 } 10428 } 10429 } 10430 10431 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10432 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10433 // redeclaration. 10434 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10435 10436 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10437 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10438 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10439 // type, default to int. 10440 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10441 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10442 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10443 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10444 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10445 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10446 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10447 10448 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10449 // Recover by falling back to int. 10450 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10451 10452 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10453 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10454 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10455 10456 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10457 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10458 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10459 } 10460 10461 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10462 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10463 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10464 10465 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10466 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10467 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10468 10469 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10470 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10471 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10472 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10473 10474 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10475 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10476 Name = 0; 10477 goto CreateNewDecl; 10478 } 10479 10480 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10481 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10482 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10483 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10484 if (!DC) { 10485 IsDependent = true; 10486 return 0; 10487 } 10488 } else { 10489 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10490 if (!DC) { 10491 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10492 << SS.getRange(); 10493 return 0; 10494 } 10495 } 10496 10497 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10498 return 0; 10499 10500 SearchDC = DC; 10501 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10502 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10503 10504 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10505 return 0; 10506 10507 if (Previous.empty()) { 10508 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10509 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10510 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10511 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10512 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10513 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10514 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10515 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10516 IsDependent = true; 10517 return 0; 10518 } 10519 10520 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10521 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10522 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10523 Name = 0; 10524 Invalid = true; 10525 goto CreateNewDecl; 10526 } 10527 } else if (Name) { 10528 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10529 // declaration or definition. 10530 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10531 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10532 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10533 LookupName(Previous, S); 10534 10535 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10536 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10537 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10538 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10539 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10540 while (F.hasNext()) { 10541 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10542 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10543 F.erase(); 10544 } 10545 F.done(); 10546 } 10547 10548 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10549 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10550 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10551 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10552 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10553 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10554 // 10555 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10556 // semantic context? 10557 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10558 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10559 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10560 while (F.hasNext()) { 10561 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10562 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10563 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10564 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10565 F.erase(); 10566 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10567 } 10568 } 10569 F.done(); 10570 } 10571 10572 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10573 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10574 return 0; 10575 10576 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10577 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10578 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10579 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10580 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10581 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10582 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10583 } 10584 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10585 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10586 // initial context to the translation unit. 10587 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10588 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10589 } 10590 10591 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10592 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10593 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10594 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10595 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10596 Previous.clear(); 10597 } 10598 10599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10600 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10601 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10602 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10603 10604 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10605 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10606 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10607 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10608 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10609 } 10610 } 10611 10612 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10613 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10614 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10615 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10616 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10617 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10618 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10619 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10620 10621 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10622 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10623 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10624 // 10625 // class-key identifier 10626 // 10627 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10628 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10629 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10630 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10631 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10632 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10633 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10634 // declaration. 10635 // 10636 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10637 // C structs and unions. 10638 // 10639 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10640 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10641 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10642 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10643 // 10644 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10645 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10646 // 10647 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10648 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10649 // lexical context, 10650 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10651 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10652 10653 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10654 while (S->isClassScope() || 10655 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10656 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10657 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10658 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10659 S = S->getParent(); 10660 } else { 10661 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10662 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10663 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10664 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10665 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10666 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10667 } 10668 10669 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10670 // diagnose some problems. 10671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10672 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10673 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10674 } 10675 } 10676 10677 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10678 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10679 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 10680 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 10681 10682 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10683 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10684 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10685 // in C++. 10686 // 10687 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10688 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10689 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10690 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10691 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10692 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10693 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10694 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10695 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10696 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10697 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10698 PrevDecl = Tag; 10699 Previous.clear(); 10700 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10701 Previous.resolveKind(); 10702 } 10703 } 10704 } 10705 } 10706 10707 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10708 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10709 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10710 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10711 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10712 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10713 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10714 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10715 // struct or something similar. 10716 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10717 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10718 *Name)) { 10719 bool SafeToContinue 10720 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10721 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10722 if (SafeToContinue) 10723 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10724 << Name 10725 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10726 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10727 else 10728 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10729 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10730 10731 if (SafeToContinue) 10732 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10733 else { 10734 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10735 Name = 0; 10736 Previous.clear(); 10737 Invalid = true; 10738 } 10739 } 10740 10741 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10742 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10743 10744 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10745 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10746 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10747 if (ScopedEnum) 10748 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10749 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10750 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10751 return PrevTagDecl; 10752 } 10753 10754 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10755 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10756 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 10757 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10758 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10759 10760 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10761 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10762 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10763 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10764 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10765 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10766 } 10767 10768 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10769 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10770 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10771 // and then later defined. 10772 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10773 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10774 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10775 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10776 } 10777 10778 if (!Invalid) { 10779 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10780 10781 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10782 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10783 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10784 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10785 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10786 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10787 return PrevTagDecl; 10788 10789 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10790 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10791 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10792 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10793 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10794 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10795 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10796 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10797 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10798 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10799 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10800 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10801 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10802 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10803 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10804 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10805 } 10806 10807 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10808 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10809 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10810 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10811 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10812 else 10813 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10814 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10815 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10816 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10817 // references get the previous definition. 10818 Name = 0; 10819 Previous.clear(); 10820 Invalid = true; 10821 } 10822 } else { 10823 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10824 // about a nested redefinition. 10825 const TagType *Tag 10826 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10827 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10828 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10829 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10830 diag::note_previous_definition); 10831 Name = 0; 10832 Previous.clear(); 10833 Invalid = true; 10834 } 10835 } 10836 10837 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10838 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10839 } 10840 } 10841 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10842 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10843 10844 } else { 10845 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10846 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10847 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10848 // have distinct types. 10849 Previous.clear(); 10850 } 10851 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10852 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10853 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10854 10855 10856 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10857 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10858 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10859 } else { 10860 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10861 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10862 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10863 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10864 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10865 unsigned Kind = 0; 10866 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10867 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10868 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10869 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10870 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10871 Invalid = true; 10872 10873 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10874 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10875 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10876 // do nothing 10877 10878 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10879 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10880 unsigned Kind = 0; 10881 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10882 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10883 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10884 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10885 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10886 Invalid = true; 10887 10888 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10889 // case here. 10890 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10891 unsigned Kind = 0; 10892 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10893 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10894 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10895 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10896 Invalid = true; 10897 10898 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10899 } else { 10900 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10901 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10902 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10903 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10904 Name = 0; 10905 Invalid = true; 10906 } 10907 10908 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10909 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10910 Previous.clear(); 10911 } 10912 } 10913 10914 CreateNewDecl: 10915 10916 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10917 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10918 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10919 10920 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10921 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10922 // keyword. 10923 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10924 10925 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10926 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10927 // PrevDecl. 10928 TagDecl *New; 10929 10930 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10931 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10932 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10933 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10934 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10935 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10936 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10937 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10938 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10939 TagDecl *Def; 10940 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10941 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10942 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10943 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10944 } 10945 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10946 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10947 << New; 10948 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10949 } else { 10950 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10951 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10952 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10953 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10954 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10955 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10956 10957 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10958 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10959 // the declaration context. 10960 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10961 IsForwardReference = true; 10962 } 10963 } 10964 10965 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10966 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10967 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10968 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10969 else 10970 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10971 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10972 } 10973 10974 } else { 10975 // struct/union/class 10976 10977 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10978 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10980 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10981 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10982 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10983 10984 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10985 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10986 } else 10987 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10988 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10989 } 10990 10991 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 10992 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 10993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10994 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 10995 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10996 Invalid = true; 10997 } 10998 10999 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11000 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11001 if (SS.isSet()) { 11002 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11003 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11004 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11005 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11006 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11007 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11008 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11009 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11010 Invalid = true; 11011 11012 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11013 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11014 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11015 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11016 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11017 } 11018 } 11019 else 11020 Invalid = true; 11021 } 11022 11023 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11024 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11025 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11026 // 11027 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11028 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11029 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11030 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11031 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11032 // parsing of the struct). 11033 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11034 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11035 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11036 } 11037 } 11038 11039 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11040 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11041 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11042 << 2 11043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11044 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11045 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11046 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11047 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11048 New->setModulePrivate(); 11049 } 11050 11051 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11052 // check the specialization. 11053 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11054 Invalid = true; 11055 11056 if (Invalid) 11057 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11058 11059 if (Attr) 11060 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11061 11062 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11063 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11064 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11065 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11066 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11067 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11068 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11069 } 11070 11071 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11072 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11073 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11074 11075 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11076 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11077 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11078 // the tag name visible. 11079 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11080 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 11081 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 11082 11083 // Set the access specifier. 11084 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11085 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11086 11087 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11088 New->startDefinition(); 11089 11090 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11091 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11092 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11093 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11094 if (PrevDecl) 11095 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11096 11097 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11098 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11099 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11100 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11101 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11102 } else if (Name) { 11103 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11104 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11105 if (IsForwardReference) 11106 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11107 11108 } else { 11109 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11110 } 11111 11112 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11113 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11114 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11115 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11116 II->isStr("FILE")) 11117 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11118 11119 if (PrevDecl) 11120 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11121 11122 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11123 // record. 11124 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11125 11126 OwnedDecl = true; 11127 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11128 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11129 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11130 } 11131 11132 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11133 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11134 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11135 11136 // Enter the tag context. 11137 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11138 11139 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11140 11141 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11142 // record. 11143 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11144 } 11145 11146 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11147 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11148 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11149 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11150 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11151 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11152 CurContext = OCD; 11153 return IDecl; 11154 } 11155 11156 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11157 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11158 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11159 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11160 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11161 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11162 11163 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11164 11165 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11166 return; 11167 11168 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11169 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11170 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11171 11172 // C++ [class]p2: 11173 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11174 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11175 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11176 // as if it were a public member name. 11177 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11178 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11179 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11180 Record->getIdentifier(), 11181 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11182 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11183 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11184 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11185 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11186 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11187 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11188 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11189 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11190 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11191 } 11192 11193 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11194 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11195 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11196 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11197 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11198 11199 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11200 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11201 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11202 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11203 RD->completeDefinition(); 11204 } 11205 11206 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11207 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11208 11209 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11210 PopDeclContext(); 11211 11212 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11213 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11214 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11215 11216 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11217 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11218 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11219 } 11220 11221 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11222 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11223 PopDeclContext(); 11224 } 11225 11226 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11227 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11228 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11229 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11230 } 11231 11232 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11233 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11234 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11235 } 11236 11237 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11238 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11239 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11240 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11241 11242 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11243 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11244 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11245 RD->completeDefinition(); 11246 } 11247 11248 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11249 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11250 // the FieldCollector. 11251 11252 PopDeclContext(); 11253 } 11254 11255 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11256 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11257 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11258 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11259 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11260 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11261 if (ZeroWidth) 11262 *ZeroWidth = true; 11263 11264 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11265 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11266 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11267 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11268 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11269 return ExprError(); 11270 if (FieldName) 11271 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11272 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11273 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11274 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11275 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11276 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11277 return ExprError(); 11278 11279 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11280 // it now. 11281 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11282 return Owned(BitWidth); 11283 11284 llvm::APSInt Value; 11285 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11286 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11287 return ICE; 11288 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11289 11290 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11291 *ZeroWidth = false; 11292 11293 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11294 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11295 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11296 11297 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11298 if (FieldName) 11299 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11300 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11301 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11302 << Value.toString(10); 11303 } 11304 11305 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11306 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11307 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11308 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11309 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11310 if (FieldName) 11311 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11312 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11313 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11314 11315 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11316 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11317 } 11318 11319 if (FieldName) 11320 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11321 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11322 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11323 else 11324 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11325 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11326 } 11327 } 11328 11329 return Owned(BitWidth); 11330 } 11331 11332 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11333 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11334 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11335 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11336 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11337 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11338 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11339 return Res; 11340 } 11341 11342 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11343 /// 11344 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11345 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11346 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11347 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11348 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11349 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11350 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11351 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11352 11353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11354 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11355 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11356 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11357 11358 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11359 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11360 D.setInvalidType(); 11361 T = Context.IntTy; 11362 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11363 } 11364 } 11365 11366 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11367 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11368 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11369 D.setInvalidType(); 11370 } 11371 11372 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11373 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11374 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11375 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11376 D.setInvalidType(); 11377 } 11378 11379 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11380 11381 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11383 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11384 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11385 11386 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11387 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11388 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11389 LookupName(Previous, S); 11390 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11391 case LookupResult::Found: 11392 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11393 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11394 break; 11395 11396 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11397 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11398 break; 11399 11400 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11401 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11402 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11403 break; 11404 } 11405 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11406 11407 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11408 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11409 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11410 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11411 PrevDecl = 0; 11412 } 11413 11414 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11415 PrevDecl = 0; 11416 11417 bool Mutable 11418 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11419 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11420 FieldDecl *NewFD 11421 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11422 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11423 11424 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11425 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11426 11427 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11428 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11429 11430 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11431 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11432 // with the same name in the same scope. 11433 } else if (II) { 11434 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11435 } else 11436 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11437 11438 return NewFD; 11439 } 11440 11441 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11442 /// 11443 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11444 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11445 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11446 /// created. 11447 /// 11448 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11449 /// 11450 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11451 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11452 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11453 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11454 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11455 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11456 SourceLocation TSSL, 11457 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11458 Declarator *D) { 11459 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11460 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11461 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11462 11463 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11464 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11465 if (T.isNull()) { 11466 InvalidDecl = true; 11467 T = Context.IntTy; 11468 } 11469 11470 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11471 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11472 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11473 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11474 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11475 InvalidDecl = true; 11476 } else { 11477 NamedDecl *Def; 11478 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11479 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11480 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11481 InvalidDecl = true; 11482 } 11483 } 11484 } 11485 11486 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11487 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11488 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11489 InvalidDecl = true; 11490 } 11491 11492 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11493 // than a variably modified type. 11494 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11495 bool SizeIsNegative; 11496 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11497 11498 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11499 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11500 SizeIsNegative, 11501 Oversized); 11502 if (FixedTInfo) { 11503 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11504 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11505 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11506 } else { 11507 if (SizeIsNegative) 11508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11509 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11511 << Oversized.toString(10); 11512 else 11513 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11514 InvalidDecl = true; 11515 } 11516 } 11517 11518 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11519 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11520 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11521 AbstractFieldType)) 11522 InvalidDecl = true; 11523 11524 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11525 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11526 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11527 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11528 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11529 if (!BitWidth) { 11530 InvalidDecl = true; 11531 BitWidth = 0; 11532 ZeroWidth = false; 11533 } 11534 } 11535 11536 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11537 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11538 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11539 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11540 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11541 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11542 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11543 11544 if (DiagID) { 11545 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11546 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11547 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11548 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11549 Mutable = false; 11550 InvalidDecl = true; 11551 } 11552 } 11553 11554 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 11555 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 11556 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 11557 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 11558 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 11559 11560 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11561 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11562 if (InvalidDecl) 11563 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11564 11565 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11567 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11568 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11569 } 11570 11571 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11572 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11573 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11574 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11575 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11576 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11577 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11578 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11579 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11580 // objects. 11581 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11582 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11583 } 11584 } 11585 11586 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11587 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11588 // enabled. 11589 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11590 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11591 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11592 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11593 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11594 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11595 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11596 } 11597 } 11598 } 11599 11600 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11601 // representation, not a parser representation. 11602 if (D) { 11603 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11604 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11605 11606 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11607 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11608 } 11609 11610 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11611 // retainable type. 11612 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11613 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11614 11615 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11616 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11617 11618 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11619 return NewFD; 11620 } 11621 11622 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11623 assert(FD); 11624 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11625 11626 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11627 return false; 11628 11629 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11630 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11631 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11632 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11633 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11634 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11635 // copy constructors. 11636 11637 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11638 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11639 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11640 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11641 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11642 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11643 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11644 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11645 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11646 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11647 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11648 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11649 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11650 member = CXXDestructor; 11651 11652 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11653 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11654 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11655 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11656 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11657 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11658 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11659 // members unavailable. 11660 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11661 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11662 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11663 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11664 "this system field has retaining ownership", 11665 Loc)); 11666 return false; 11667 } 11668 } 11669 11670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11671 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11672 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11673 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11674 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11675 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11676 } 11677 } 11678 } 11679 11680 return false; 11681 } 11682 11683 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11684 /// AST enum value. 11685 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11686 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11687 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11688 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11689 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11690 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11691 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11692 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11693 } 11694 } 11695 11696 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11697 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11698 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11699 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11700 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11701 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11702 11703 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11704 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11705 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11706 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11707 11708 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11709 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11710 11711 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11712 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11713 11714 if (BitWidth) { 11715 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11716 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11717 if (!BitWidth) 11718 D.setInvalidType(); 11719 } else { 11720 // Not a bitfield. 11721 11722 // validate II. 11723 11724 } 11725 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11727 D.setInvalidType(); 11728 } 11729 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11730 // than a variably modified type. 11731 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11733 D.setInvalidType(); 11734 } 11735 11736 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11737 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11738 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11739 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11740 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11741 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11742 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11743 return 0; 11744 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11745 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11746 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11747 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11748 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11749 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11750 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11751 } 11752 else 11753 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11754 } else { 11755 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11756 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11757 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11758 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11759 return 0; 11760 } 11761 } 11762 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11763 } 11764 11765 // Construct the decl. 11766 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11767 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11768 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11769 11770 if (II) { 11771 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11772 ForRedeclaration); 11773 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11774 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11776 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11777 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11778 } 11779 } 11780 11781 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11782 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11783 11784 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11785 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11786 11787 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11788 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11789 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11790 11791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11792 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11793 11794 if (II) { 11795 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11796 // these to the interface. 11797 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11798 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11799 } 11800 11801 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11802 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11803 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11804 11805 return NewID; 11806 } 11807 11808 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11809 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11810 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11811 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11812 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11813 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11814 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11815 return; 11816 11817 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11818 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11819 11820 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11821 return; 11822 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11823 if (!ID) { 11824 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11825 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11826 return; 11827 } 11828 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11829 else 11830 return; 11831 } 11832 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11833 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11834 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11835 11836 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11837 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11838 Context.CharTy, 11839 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11840 DeclLoc), 11841 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11842 true); 11843 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11844 } 11845 11846 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11847 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11848 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11849 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11850 11851 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11852 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11853 // it will now change. 11854 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11855 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11856 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11857 default: break; 11858 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11859 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11860 break; 11861 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11862 Context. 11863 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11864 break; 11865 } 11866 } 11867 11868 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11869 11870 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11871 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11872 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11873 if (Record) { 11874 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11875 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11876 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11877 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11878 ++NumNamedMembers; 11879 } 11880 } 11881 11882 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11883 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11884 11885 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11886 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11887 i != end; ++i) { 11888 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11889 11890 // Get the type for the field. 11891 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11892 11893 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11894 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11895 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11896 } 11897 11898 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11899 // diagnostics about it. 11900 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11901 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11902 continue; 11903 } 11904 11905 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11906 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11907 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11908 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11909 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11910 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11911 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11912 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11913 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11914 // array. 11915 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11916 // Field declared as a function. 11917 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11918 << FD->getDeclName(); 11919 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11920 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11921 continue; 11922 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11923 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11924 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11925 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11926 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11927 // Flexible array member. 11928 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11929 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11930 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11931 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11932 if (Record->isUnion()) 11933 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11934 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 11935 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11936 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 11937 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 11938 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11939 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11940 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 11941 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11942 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 11943 : NumNamedMembers < 1 11944 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 11945 : 0; 11946 11947 if (DiagID) 11948 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 11949 << Record->getTagKind(); 11950 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 11951 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 11952 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 11953 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 11954 // of the type. 11955 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 11956 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 11957 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 11958 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11959 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 11960 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11961 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11962 11963 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 11964 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 11965 // 11966 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 11967 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 11968 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11969 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 11970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 11971 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11972 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11973 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11974 continue; 11975 } 11976 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11977 if (Record) 11978 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11979 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11980 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11981 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11982 // Incomplete type 11983 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11984 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11985 continue; 11986 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11987 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11988 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11989 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11990 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11991 } else { 11992 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11993 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11994 // structures. 11995 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11996 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11997 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11998 else { 11999 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12000 // other structs as an extension. 12001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12002 << FD->getDeclName(); 12003 if (Record) 12004 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12005 } 12006 } 12007 } 12008 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12009 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12010 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12011 AbstractIvarType)) { 12012 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12013 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12014 } 12015 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12016 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12017 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12018 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12019 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12020 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12021 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12022 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12023 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12024 FD->setType(T); 12025 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12026 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12027 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12028 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12029 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12030 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12031 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12032 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12033 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12034 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12035 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12036 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12037 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12038 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12039 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12040 loc)); 12041 } 12042 } else { 12043 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12044 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12045 } 12046 ARCErrReported = true; 12047 } 12048 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12049 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12050 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12051 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12052 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12053 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12054 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12055 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12056 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12057 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12058 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12059 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12060 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12061 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12062 } 12063 } 12064 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12065 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12066 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12067 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12068 ++NumNamedMembers; 12069 } 12070 12071 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12072 if (Record) { 12073 bool Completed = false; 12074 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12075 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12076 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12077 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12078 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12079 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12080 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12081 12082 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12083 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12084 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12085 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12086 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12087 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12088 } 12089 12090 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12091 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12092 12093 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12094 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12095 // problem now. 12096 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12097 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12098 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12099 12100 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12101 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12102 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12103 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12104 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12105 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12106 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12107 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12108 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12109 continue; 12110 12111 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12112 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12113 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12114 // program is ill-formed. 12115 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12116 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12117 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12118 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12119 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12120 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12121 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12122 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12123 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12124 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12125 12126 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12127 } 12128 } 12129 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12130 Completed = true; 12131 } 12132 } 12133 } 12134 } 12135 12136 if (!Completed) 12137 Record->completeDefinition(); 12138 12139 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12140 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12141 12142 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12143 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12144 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12145 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12146 } 12147 12148 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12149 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12150 // compatibility problems. 12151 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12153 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12154 } else { 12155 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12156 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12157 CheckForZeroSize = 12158 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12159 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12160 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12161 } 12162 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12163 bool ZeroSize = true; 12164 bool IsEmpty = true; 12165 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12166 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12167 E = Record->field_end(); 12168 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12169 IsEmpty = false; 12170 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12171 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12172 ZeroSize = false; 12173 } else { 12174 ++NonBitFields; 12175 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12176 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12177 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12178 ZeroSize = false; 12179 } 12180 } 12181 12182 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12183 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12184 // extern "C" block. 12185 if (ZeroSize) { 12186 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12187 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12188 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12189 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12190 } 12191 12192 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12193 // but are accepted by GCC. 12194 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12195 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12196 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12197 << Record->isUnion(); 12198 } 12199 } 12200 } else { 12201 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12202 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12203 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12204 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12205 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12206 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12207 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12208 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12209 } 12210 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12211 // duplicates. 12212 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12213 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12214 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12215 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12216 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12217 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12218 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12219 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12220 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12221 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12222 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12223 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12224 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12225 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12226 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12227 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12228 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12229 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12230 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12231 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12232 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12233 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12234 if (IDecl) { 12235 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12236 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12237 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12238 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12239 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12240 continue; 12241 } 12242 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 12243 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 12244 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 12245 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 12246 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12247 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12248 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12249 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12250 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12251 continue; 12252 } 12253 } 12254 } 12255 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12256 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12257 } 12258 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12259 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12260 } 12261 } 12262 12263 if (Attr) 12264 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12265 } 12266 12267 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12268 /// the given type T. 12269 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12270 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12271 QualType T) { 12272 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12273 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12274 12275 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12276 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12277 --BitWidth; 12278 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12279 } 12280 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12281 } 12282 12283 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12284 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12285 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12286 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12287 // enum checking below. 12288 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12289 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12290 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12291 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12292 }; 12293 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12294 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12295 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12296 }; 12297 12298 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12299 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12300 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12301 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12302 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12303 return Types[I]; 12304 12305 return QualType(); 12306 } 12307 12308 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12309 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12310 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12311 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12312 Expr *Val) { 12313 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12314 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12315 QualType EltTy; 12316 12317 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12318 Val = 0; 12319 12320 if (Val) 12321 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12322 12323 if (Val) { 12324 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12325 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12326 else { 12327 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12329 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12330 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12331 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12332 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12333 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12334 ExprResult Converted = 12335 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12336 CCEK_Enumerator); 12337 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12338 Val = 0; 12339 else 12340 Val = Converted.take(); 12341 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12342 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12343 &EnumVal).take())) { 12344 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12345 } else { 12346 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12347 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12348 12349 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12350 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12351 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12352 // expression checking. 12353 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12354 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12355 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12356 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12357 } else 12358 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12359 } else 12360 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12361 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12362 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12363 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12364 // is the type of its initializing value: 12365 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12366 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12367 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12368 } else { 12369 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12370 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12371 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12372 // representable as an int. 12373 12374 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12375 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12376 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12377 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12378 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12379 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12380 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12381 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12382 } 12383 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12384 } 12385 } 12386 } 12387 } 12388 12389 if (!Val) { 12390 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12391 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12392 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12393 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12394 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12395 // is the type of its initializing value: 12396 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12397 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12398 // 12399 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12400 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12401 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12402 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12403 } 12404 else { 12405 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12406 } 12407 } else { 12408 // Assign the last value + 1. 12409 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12410 ++EnumVal; 12411 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12412 12413 // Check for overflow on increment. 12414 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12415 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12416 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12417 // is the type of its initializing value: 12418 // 12419 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12420 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12421 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12422 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12423 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12424 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12425 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12426 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12427 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12428 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12429 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12430 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12431 ++EnumVal; 12432 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12433 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12434 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12435 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12436 << EltTy; 12437 else 12438 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 12439 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12440 } else { 12441 EltTy = T; 12442 } 12443 12444 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12445 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12446 // value, then increment. 12447 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12448 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12449 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12450 ++EnumVal; 12451 12452 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12453 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12454 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12455 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12456 // integral type. 12457 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12458 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12459 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12460 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12461 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12462 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12463 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12464 } 12465 } 12466 } 12467 12468 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12469 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12470 // enumerator's type. 12471 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12472 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12473 } 12474 12475 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12476 Val, EnumVal); 12477 } 12478 12479 12480 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12481 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12482 AttributeList *Attr, 12483 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12484 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12486 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12487 12488 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12489 // we find one that is. 12490 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12491 12492 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12493 // scope. 12494 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12495 ForRedeclaration); 12496 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12497 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12498 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12499 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12500 PrevDecl = 0; 12501 } 12502 12503 if (PrevDecl) { 12504 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12505 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12506 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12507 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12508 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12509 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12510 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12511 else 12512 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12513 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12514 return 0; 12515 } 12516 } 12517 12518 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12519 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12520 // different from T: 12521 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12522 // enumerated type 12523 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12524 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12525 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12526 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12527 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12528 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12529 12530 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12531 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12532 12533 if (New) { 12534 // Process attributes. 12535 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12536 12537 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12538 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12539 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12540 } 12541 12542 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12543 12544 return New; 12545 } 12546 12547 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12548 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12549 // Element2 = Element1 12550 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12551 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12552 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12553 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12554 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12555 if (!InitExpr) 12556 return true; 12557 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12558 12559 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12560 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12561 return true; 12562 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12563 if (!IL) 12564 return true; 12565 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12566 return true; 12567 12568 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12569 } 12570 12571 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12572 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12573 if (!DRE) 12574 return true; 12575 12576 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12577 if (!EnumConstant) 12578 return true; 12579 12580 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12581 Enum) 12582 return true; 12583 12584 return false; 12585 } 12586 12587 struct DupKey { 12588 int64_t val; 12589 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12590 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12591 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12592 }; 12593 12594 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12595 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12596 false); 12597 } 12598 12599 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12600 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12601 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12602 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12603 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12604 } 12605 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12606 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12607 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12608 } 12609 }; 12610 12611 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12612 // a previous element has already been set to. 12613 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12614 EnumDecl *Enum, 12615 QualType EnumType) { 12616 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12617 Enum->getLocation()) == 12618 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12619 return; 12620 // Avoid anonymous enums 12621 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12622 return; 12623 12624 // Only check for small enums. 12625 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12626 return; 12627 12628 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12629 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12630 12631 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12632 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12633 ValueToVectorMap; 12634 12635 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12636 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12637 12638 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12639 // an initialier. 12640 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12641 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12642 12643 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12644 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12645 if (!ECD) { 12646 return; 12647 } 12648 12649 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12650 continue; 12651 12652 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12653 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12654 12655 // First time encountering this value. 12656 if (Entry.isNull()) 12657 Entry = ECD; 12658 } 12659 12660 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12661 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12662 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12663 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12664 continue; 12665 12666 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12667 12668 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12669 if (Entry.isNull()) 12670 continue; 12671 12672 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12673 // Ensure constants are different. 12674 if (D == ECD) 12675 continue; 12676 12677 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12678 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12679 Vec->push_back(D); 12680 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12681 12682 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12683 Entry = Vec; 12684 12685 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12686 // diagnostics. 12687 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12688 continue; 12689 } 12690 12691 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12692 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12693 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12694 continue; 12695 12696 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12697 } 12698 12699 // Emit diagnostics. 12700 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12701 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12702 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12703 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12704 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12705 12706 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12707 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12708 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12709 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12710 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12711 ++I; 12712 12713 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12714 // the same value. 12715 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12716 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12717 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12718 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12719 delete Vec; 12720 } 12721 } 12722 12723 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12724 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12725 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12726 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12727 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12728 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12729 12730 if (Attr) 12731 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12732 12733 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12734 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12735 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12736 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12737 if (!ECD) continue; 12738 12739 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12740 } 12741 12742 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12743 return; 12744 } 12745 12746 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12747 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12748 // emit a warning. 12749 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12750 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12751 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12752 12753 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12754 // reverse the list. 12755 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12756 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12757 12758 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12759 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12760 12761 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12762 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12763 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12764 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12765 12766 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12767 12768 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12769 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12770 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12771 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12772 else 12773 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12774 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12775 12776 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12777 if (AllElementsInt) 12778 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12779 } 12780 12781 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12782 QualType BestType; 12783 unsigned BestWidth; 12784 12785 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12786 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12787 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12788 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12789 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12790 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12791 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12792 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12793 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12794 QualType BestPromotionType; 12795 12796 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 12797 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12798 // enum definitions. 12799 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12800 Packed = true; 12801 12802 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12803 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12804 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12805 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12806 else 12807 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12808 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12809 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12810 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12811 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12812 } 12813 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12814 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12815 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12816 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12817 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12818 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12819 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12820 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12821 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12822 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12823 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12824 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12825 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12826 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12827 } else { 12828 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12829 12830 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12831 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12832 } else { 12833 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12834 12835 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12836 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12837 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12838 } 12839 } 12840 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12841 } else { 12842 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12843 // all of the enumerator values. 12844 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12845 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12846 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12847 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12848 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12849 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12850 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12851 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12852 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12853 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12854 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12855 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12856 BestPromotionType 12857 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12858 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12859 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12860 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12861 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12862 BestPromotionType 12863 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12864 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12865 } else { 12866 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12867 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12868 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12869 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12870 BestPromotionType 12871 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12872 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12873 } 12874 } 12875 12876 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12877 // the type of the enum if needed. 12878 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12879 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12880 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12881 12882 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12883 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12884 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12885 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12886 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12887 12888 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12889 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12890 12891 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12892 // the enum decl type. 12893 QualType NewTy; 12894 unsigned NewWidth; 12895 bool NewSign; 12896 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12897 !Enum->isFixed() && 12898 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12899 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12900 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12901 NewSign = true; 12902 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12903 // Already the right type! 12904 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12905 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12906 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12907 // enumeration. 12908 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12909 continue; 12910 } else { 12911 NewTy = BestType; 12912 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12913 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12914 } 12915 12916 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12917 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12918 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12919 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12920 12921 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12922 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12923 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12924 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12925 CK_IntegralCast, 12926 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12927 /*base paths*/ 0, 12928 VK_RValue)); 12929 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12930 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12931 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12932 // enumeration. 12933 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12934 else 12935 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12936 } 12937 12938 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12939 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12940 12941 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12942 12943 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12944 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12945 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12946 } 12947 12948 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12949 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12950 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12951 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12952 12953 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12954 AsmString, StartLoc, 12955 EndLoc); 12956 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12957 return New; 12958 } 12959 12960 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 12961 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12962 DeclContext *DC) { 12963 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 12964 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 12965 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 12966 if (!M->IsExternC) { 12967 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 12968 << M->getFullModuleName(); 12969 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 12970 return; 12971 } 12972 break; 12973 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 12974 break; 12975 } 12976 DC = LSD->getParent(); 12977 } 12978 12979 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 12980 DC = DC->getParent(); 12981 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 12982 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 12983 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 12984 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 12985 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 12986 << DC; 12987 } 12988 } 12989 12990 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12991 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12992 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12993 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12994 Module::AllVisible, 12995 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12996 if (!Mod) 12997 return true; 12998 12999 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13000 13001 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13002 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13003 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13004 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13005 // We need the length to be consistent. 13006 if (!ModCheck) 13007 break; 13008 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13009 13010 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13011 } 13012 13013 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13014 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13015 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13016 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13017 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13018 return Import; 13019 } 13020 13021 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13022 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13023 13024 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13025 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13026 /*Complain=*/true); 13027 } 13028 13029 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 13030 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13031 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13032 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13033 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13034 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13035 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13036 13037 // Make the module visible. 13038 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13039 /*Complain=*/false); 13040 } 13041 13042 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13043 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13044 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13045 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13046 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13047 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13048 LookupOrdinaryName); 13049 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13050 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13051 13052 if (PrevDecl) 13053 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13054 else 13055 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13056 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13057 } 13058 13059 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13060 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13061 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13062 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13063 13064 if (PrevDecl) { 13065 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13066 } else { 13067 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13068 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13069 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 13070 } 13071 } 13072 13073 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13074 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13075 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13076 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13077 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13078 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13079 LookupOrdinaryName); 13080 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13081 13082 if (PrevDecl) { 13083 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13084 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13085 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13086 } else { 13087 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13088 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13089 } 13090 } 13091 13092 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13093 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13094 } 13095 13096 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13097 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13098 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13099 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13100 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13101 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13102 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13103 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13104 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13105 if (R != AR_Available) 13106 return R; 13107 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13108 } 13109 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13110 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13111 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13112 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13113 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13114 } 13115 return D->getAvailability(); 13116 } 13117